Quant Formula Book by Ravi Kumar-5

INDEX
Title Name Page No.

ARITHMETIC
Percentage 5 - 10
Profit & Lose 11 - 13
Discount 14 - 15
Simple interest 16 - 17
Compound interest 18 - 19
Ratio & Proportion 20 - 22
Mixture & Alligation 23 - 25
Partnership 26 - 26
Average 27 - 30
Time & Work 31 - 32
Pipe & Cistern 33 - 33
Time, Speed & Distance 34 - 36
Boat & Stream 37 - 37
Race 38 - 38
ALGEBRA
Calculation & Simplification 39 - 41
Surds & Indices 42 - 44
Algebra 45 - 49
Theory of Equations and Inequations 50 - 52
Logarithm 53 - 54
Trigonometry 55 - 62
Maxima & Minima 63 - 63
Height & Distance 64 – 66
NUMBER SYSTEM
Number system 67 - 68
Divisibility Rules 69 - 69
Remainder Theorem 70 - 71
Number of Factors 72 - 73
Sequences and Series 74 - 78
LCM & HCF 79 - 81
GEOMETRY
Line and Angle 82 - 83
Types of Triangles 84 - 89
Area side Properties 90 - 92
Similarity of Triangles 93 - 95
Congruency of Triangles 96 - 97
Centre of Triangle 98 - 100
Circumcentre and Orthocentre 101 - 104
Centroid 105 - 108
Equilateral triangle 109 - 110
Right angle triangle 111 - 113
Square and Rectangle 114 - 115
Parallelogram/Rhombus/Trapezium 116 - 119
Circle 120 - 126
Co-ordinate Geometry 126 - 131
2 Dimension Mensuration 132 - 139
Polygon 140 – 141
3 Dimension Mensuration 141 - 151
MODERN MATH
Permutation & Combinations 152 - 153
Probability 154 - 155
Statistics 156 - 157
Clock 158 - 158
Calendar 159 – 161
number n square cube 𝒏𝟑 square number n square cube 𝒏𝟑 square
𝒏𝟐 root √𝒏 𝒏𝟐 root √𝒏
1 1 1 1.0000 41 1681 68921 6.4031
2 4 8 1.4142 42 1764 74088 6.4807
3 9 27 1.7321 43 1849 79507 6.5574
4 16 64 2.0000 44 1936 85184 6.6332
5 25 125 2.2361 45 2025 91125 6.7082
6 36 216 2.4495 46 2116 97336 6.7823
7 49 343 2.6458 47 2209 103823 6.8557
8 64 512 2.8284 48 2304 110592 6.9282
9 81 729 3.0000 49 2401 117649 7.0000
10 100 1000 3.1623 50 2500 125000 7.0711
11 121 1331 3.3166 51 2601 132651 7.1414
12 144 1728 3.4641 52 2704 140608 7.2111
13 169 2197 3.6056 53 2809 148877 7.2801
14 196 2744 3.7417 54 2916 157464 7.3485
15 225 3375 3.8730 55 3025 166375 7.4162
16 256 4096 4.0000 56 3136 175616 7.4833
17 289 4913 4.1231 57 3249 185193 7.5498
18 324 5832 4.2426 58 3364 195112 7.6158
19 361 6859 4.3589 59 3481 205379 7.6811
20 400 8000 4.4721 60 3600 216000 7.7460
21 441 9261 4.5826 61 3721 226981 7.8102
22 484 10648 4.6904 62 3844 238328 7.8740
23 529 12167 4.7958 63 3969 250047 7.9373
24 576 13824 4.8990 64 4096 262144 8.0000
25 625 15625 5.0000 65 4225 274625 8.0623
26 676 17576 5.0990 66 4356 287496 8.1240
27 729 19683 5.1962 67 4489 300763 8.1854
28 784 21952 5.2915 68 4624 314432 8.2462
29 841 24389 5.3852 69 4761 328509 8.3066
30 900 27000 5.4772 70 4900 343000 8.3666
31 961 29791 5.5678 71 5041 357911 8.4261
32 1024 32768 5.6569 72 5184 373248 8.4853
33 1089 35937 5.7446 73 5329 389017 8.5440
34 1156 39304 5.8310 74 5476 405224 8.6023
35 1225 42875 5.9161 75 5625 421875 8.6603
36 1296 46656 6.0000 76 5776 438976 8.7178
37 1369 50653 6.0828 77 5929 456533 8.7750
38 1444 54872 6.1644 78 6084 474552 8.8318
39 1521 59319 6.2450 79 6241 493039 8.8882
40 1600 64000 6.3246 80 6400 512000 8.9443
MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)
4
(Percentage)
➢ Fraction percentage chart

Fraction Percentage Percentage
Fraction Percentage Percentage
1 100% 100% 1 4.34% 8
1 50% 50% 4 %
23 23
2 1 4.16% 1
1 33.33% 1 4 %
33 % 24 6
3 3 1 4% 4%
1 25% 25%
25
4 1 2.5% 1
1 20% 20% 2 %
40 2
5 3 37.5% 1
1 16.66% 2 37 %
16 % 8 2
6 3 5 62.5% 1
1 14.28% 2 62 %
14 % 8 2
7 7 4 57.14% 1
1 12.5% 1 57 %
12 % 7 7
8 2 5 71.42% 3
1 11.11% 1 71 %
11 % 7 7
9 9 2 66.66% 2
1 10% 10% 66 %
10 3 3
4 80% 80%
1 9.09% 1
9 % 5
11 11 3 75% 75%
1 8.33% 1
8 % 4
12 3 5 45.45% 5
1 7.69% 9 45 %
7 % 11 11
13 13 7 63.63% 7
1 7.14% 1 63 %
7 % 11 11
14 7 10 90.90% 10
1 6.66% 2 90 %
6 % 11 11
15 3 4 44.44% 4
1 6.25% 1 44 %
6 % 9 9
16 4 7 77.77% 7
1 5.88% 15 77 %
5 % 9 9
17 17
1 5.55% 5
5 %
18 9
1 5.26% 5
5 %
19 19
1 5% 5%
20
1 4.76% 16
4 %
21 21
1 4.54% 6
4 %
22 11

5
➢ Derived fraction from base fractions ➢
13 6
= 1 + 7 → 100% + 85 7 % → 185 7 %
5 5
1 7
= 25% 35 5 1 1
4 ➢ = 5 + 6 → 500% + 83 3 % → 583 3 %
6
➢ ↓× 3 29 2 2
3 ➢ = 9 + 3 → 966 3 %
= 75% 3
4 71 11 1
1 2 ➢ = 5 + 12 → 500% + 11(8 3 %) → 500% +
➢ = 14 7 % 12
7 2 2
4 1 91 3 % → 591 3 %
= 57 7 %
7 37 7 2 2
5 3 ➢ = 2 + 15 → 200% + 46 3 % → 246 3 %
= 71 7 % 15
7
1 ➢ Percentage to fraction conversion
➢ = 20% 1 7
5 ➢ 17.5% → 17.5 × 100 → 40 or
3
= 3 × 20% = 60% 1 7
5 (2.5% = ) × 7 → 17.5% =
1 2 40 40
➢ = 16 % 164 41
6 3 ➢ 164% → 100 → 25
5 2 1 5 125 125 5
= 5 × 16 % = 83 % ➢ 15 8 % → % → 800 → 32
6 3 3 8
1 2 5 1 1 5
➢ 15 = 6 3 % ➢ 35 7 % → 5 × 7 7 % → 5 × 14 → 14
11 2 1 1 1 1 1 7
= 11 × 6 3 % = 73 3 % ➢ 29 6 % → 25% + 4 6 % → 4 + 24 → 24
15
1 1 1 1 7
➢ = 64% ➢ 23.33% → 20% + 3.33% → 5 + 30 = 30
16
11 1 3 1 1 3 1 49
= 11 × 6 % = 68 % ➢ 78 3 % → 75% + 3 3 % → 4 + 30 → 60
16 4 4 2 1 7
➢
1 1
= 46% ➢ 46.66% → 40% + 6.66% → 5 + 15 → 15
24 4 1 33
1 1 ➢ 82.5% → 80% + 2.5% → 5 + 40 → 40
=2 % 1 2 1 5
48 12 ➢ 83 3 % → 100% − 16 3 % → 1 − 6 → 6
17 1 5
= 17 × 2 % = 35 % ➢ 237.5% → 200% + 37.5% → 2 + 8 →
3 19
48 12 12 8
1 1
➢ = 64% ➢ 342.84% → 300% + 42.84% → 3 + 7 →
3 24
16 7
13 1 1 9 121
= 13 × 6 % = 81 % ➢ 756.25 → 7 + 16 →
16 4 4 16
3
13 3 3 1 ➢ 538.33 → 500% + 30% + 8.33% → 5 + 10 +
or =1− = 100% − 18 % = 81 %
16 16 4 4 1
→
323
1 2 12 60
➢ = 14 7 %
7
6 1 2 5 ________________________________________
= 1 − = 100 − 14 % = 85 %
7 7 7 7 𝑥 𝑦
1 1 ➢ 𝑥% of 𝑦 = 𝑦% of 𝑥 → 100 × 𝑦 = 100 × 𝑥
➢ = 83%
12 ➢ 840% of 62.5 → 62.5% of 840
11 1 1 2
=1− → 100% − 8 % → 91 % 5
12 12 3 3 → × 840 → 525
19 5 1 8
➢ = 1 − 24 ⇒ 100% − 5 (4 6 %) 3
➢ 7.44% of 3750 → 37.50% of 744 → 9 ×
24
5 1
⇒ 100% − 20 % ⇒ 79 % 744 → 279
6 6
40 4 ________________________________________
➢ = 4 + 9 → 400% + 44.44% → 444.44%
9
43 1
➢ = 7 + 6 → 700% + 16.66% → 716.66% ➢ 99 is what % of 135
6

6
99 1
× 100% = 73 3 % or
135
135 ⟶ 100%
100
1⟶ %
135
100
99 ⟶ 99 × %
135 −11
➢ −44% → 44% =
or 25
15: 11
1 2
=6 %
15 3
11 1 ➢
= 73 %
15 3
➢ 99 is what % less than 135
+26%
➢ 𝑥 ⟶ (𝑥 + 𝑥 × 26%)
26 26
𝑥+𝑥× = 𝑥 (1 + )
4 2 100 100
15: 4 → = 26 % = 𝑥 × 1.26
15 3
➢ 180 is what % of 125 Multiplying factor (m.F)
180 Initial Change Final value
× 100% = 144% value
125
𝑜𝑟 𝑥 +37% 37
1.37𝑥 = (1 + )𝑥
100
𝑦 −45% 45
0.55𝑦 = (1 − )𝑦
100
𝑧 +45.45% 5
↓ 𝑧+𝑧×
11
5 ↓
➢ Scaling factor/multiplying factor ( )
11 5 16
(1 + ) × 𝑧 = 𝑧
11 11
𝑤 +31.25% 5 21
(1 + ) w = w
16 16
𝑢 2 7 8
−46 % (1 − ) u = u
3 15 15
↓
7
( )
15
➢ Net income = Income – Income Tax
Rs.700 = Rs.800 – Rs.100
Rate of income tax =
100
× 100% = 12.5%
800
Income Tax
= × 100%
Total income
Net Income = Income – Income Tax

7
𝑃
(ii) Before 't' years population/cost = 𝑟 𝑡
(1+ )
100
2. Formula: If we change a number by x% & y%
successively
Change in net income & tax will be same Then, net% change
𝑥𝑦
➢ Concept of deviation → (𝑥 + 𝑦 + )%
Rice Dal Sugar 100
3. If the population of a town /cost of a article is P
Exp → 7 : 13 : 5
% Change → +17% +20% +19% and it decreases/reduces at the rate of r%
Deviation → –1% +2% +1% annually, then.
𝑟 𝑡
Let overall change is 18% (i) After 't' years population/cost = P(1 − 100)
Deviation Deviation Deviation 𝑃
in rice in dal in sugar (ii) Before 't' years population/cost = 𝑟 𝑡
(1− )
↑ ↑ ↑ 100
(−1% × 7 + 2% × 13 + 1% × 5) 4. Net % change of x%, y% and z% is

𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦𝑧 + 𝑧𝑥 𝑥𝑦𝑧
7 + 13 + 5 [(𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧) + + ]%
Total deviation divide 100 10000
5. If the present population of a town is P and the
−7 + 26 + 5
∴ 18% + ( %) population increases or decreases at rate of R1%,
25
R2% and R3% in first, second and third year
18% + 0.96% = 18.96%
respectively.
or
Rice Dal Sugar then the population of town after 3 years
R1 R2 R3
Exp → 7 : 13 : 5 = P (1 ± ) (1 ± ) (1 ± )
% Change → 17% 17+3% 17%+2% 100 100 100
Let overall % change = 17% '+' is used when population increases
deviation = 13 × 3% + 5 × 2% = 49% '–' is used when population decreases.
49 The above formula may be extended for n
∴ overall % change → 17% + % number of years.
25
→ 17% + 1.96 → 18.96% ⇒ Population after 'n' years
➢ Annual increment/decrement R1 R2 Rn
= 𝑃 (1 ± ) (1 ± ) … (1 ± )
➢ Successive percentage change:- 100 100 100
+30% +35% −48%
6.
= +35% −48% +30%
Initial × 1.3 × 1.35 × 0.52 = Initial × 1.35 × 0.52
× 1.3
➢ sequence change successive change
Second Method :- ➢ Important Points
Initial : Final ➢ Based on increase/decrease
100 : {(100 × 1.2) ×1.3}×0.5 1. If an amount is increased by x% and then it is
100 : 78 reduced by x% again, then percentage change
𝑥2
↓ will be a decrease of 100 %
22% Change (Decrease)
Ex. Price of an article is increased by 10% and then
1. If the population/cost of a certain town/article,
reduced by 10%. What will be net percentage
is P and annual increment rate is r%, then
𝑟 𝑡 change?
(i) After 't' years population/cos 𝑡 = 𝑃 (1 + 100)

8
102 a2
∴ Price will be decrease by % = 𝟏% (2a + )%
100 100
2. If a number is increased by a% and then it is 10. If radius of circle is increased by a% then its area
𝑎2
decreased by b%, then resultant change in will be increased by = (2𝑎 + 100) %
𝑎𝑏
percentage will be (𝑎 − 𝑏 − 100) % 11. If the side of a square is decreased by a%, then
(Negative for decrease, Positive for increase) the area of square will decrease by
3. If a number is decreased by a% and then it is 𝑎2
∴ Decrease = (−2𝑎 + )%
increased by b%, then net increase or decrease 100
percent is This formula is also applicable for circles where
𝑎𝑏 decrease % of radius is given.
(−𝑎 + 𝑏 − )%
100 12. If the length, breadth and height of a cuboid are
Negative sign for decrease increased by a%, b% and c% respectively, then,
( )
Positive sign for increase Increase% in volume
4. If a number is first decreased by a% and then by ab + bc + ca abc
= [a + b + c + + ]%
b%, then net decrease percent is (−𝑎 − 𝑏 + 100 (100)2
𝑎𝑏 13. If every side of cube or radius of sphere is
) % (–ve sign for decrease)
100 increased by a%, then increase % in volume
5. If a number is first increased by a% and then 3𝑎2 𝑎3
again increased by b%, then total increase = (3𝑎 + + )%
100 (100)2
percent is
𝑎𝑏
14. If a% of a certain sum is taken by 1st man and
(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 100) % b% of remaining sum is taken by 2nd man and
6. If the cost of an article is increased by A%, then finally c% of remaining sum is taken by 3rd
how much to decrease the consumption of man, then if 'x' rupee is the remaining amount
article, so that expenditure remains same is then,
given by Initial amount
OR 100 100 100
𝑥× × ×
If the income of a man is A% more than another 100 − a 100 − b 100 − c
man, then income of another man is less in 15. If an amount is increased by a% and then again
comparison to the 1st man by increased by b% and finally increased by c%.
𝐴 So, that resultant amount is 'x' rupees, then
( × 100) % Initial amount
(100 + 𝐴)
7. If the cost of an article is decreased by A%, then 100 100 100
𝑥× × ×
the increase in consumption of article to 100 + 𝑎 100 + 𝑏 100 + 𝑐
maintain the expenditure will be? 16. On increasing/decreasing the cost of a certain
OR article by x%, a person can buy 'a' kg article less/
If 'x' is A% less than 'y'. then y is more than 'x' more in 'y' rupees, then
𝐴 Increased/decreased cost of the article
by Required% = ((100−𝐴) × 100) % (increase) 𝑥𝑦
=( )
8. If the length of a rectangle is increase by a% and 100 × 𝑎
breadth is increased by b%, then the area of And initial cost
rectangle will increase by 𝑥𝑦
=
𝑎𝑏 (100 ± 𝑥)a
Required Increase = (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 100) %
[Negative sign when decreasing and positive
9. If the side of a square is increases by a% then, sign when increasing]
its area will increase by

9
17. If a person saves 'R' rupees after spending x% 50 × 𝑥
∴ Total number of votes =
on food, y% on cloth and z% on entertainment (𝐴 − 50)
of his income then. Ex. A candidate got 55% votes in an election and
100
Monthly income = 100−[𝑥+𝑦+𝑧] × R won by 3600 votes. Find total number of votes?
50 × 3600
➢ Examination based ∴ Total no. of votes = = 𝟑𝟔𝟎𝟎𝟎
1. In an examination, a% candidates failed in 55 − 50
➢ Price increase/decrease
Maths and b% candidates failed in English. If
➢ If the price of an article is reduced by a% and
c% candidate failed in both the subjects, then
buyer gets c kg more for some Rs. b, the new
(i) Passed candidates in both the subjects 𝑎𝑏
= 100 − (𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑐)% price per kg of article = 100×𝑐
(ii) Percentage of candidates who failed in either Ex. Price of an article is reduced by 10% and buyer
subject gets 8 kg more for Rs. 300. Find new price per
= (a + b – c)%
kg?
2. In a certain examination passing marks is a%. If
10×300 15 𝟑
any candidate obtains 'b' marks and fails by 'c' New price per kg = = = 𝟑 𝟒 𝐑𝐬/kg
100×8 4
marks then,
100(𝑏 + 𝑐) ➢ Miscellaneous
Total marks = 1. If two numbers are respectively x% and y% less
𝑎
than the third number, first number as a
Ex. In an examination passing marks are 35%. A 100−𝑥
person got 80 marks and fail by 25 marks. Find percentage of second is 100−𝑦 × 100%
total marks? 2. If two numbers are respectively x% and y%
100(80+25) 100×105 more than a third number the first as percentage
Total marks = = = 𝟑𝟎𝟎 of second is
35 35
100 + 𝑥
3. In a certain examination, 'B' boy and 'G' girls × 100%
100 + 𝑦
participated x% of boys and y% of girls passed
3. If a number 'a' is increased or decreased by b%,
the examination, then.
B⋅𝑥+G⋅𝑦 then the new number will be
=( )% 100 ± b
B+G ( )×a
4. If a candidate got A% votes in a poll and he won 100
or defeated by 'x' votes, then, what was the total
no. of votes which was casted in poll ?

10
(Profit & Loss)
➢ Cost price (CP) = Total investment for a Loss 𝐶𝑃 − 𝑆𝑃

Loss % = × 100 = × 100%
product. 𝐶𝑃 𝐶𝑃
1. SP > CP → Profit = SP − CP CP SP
➢
SP < CP → Loss = CP − SP 475 : 399
SP = CP → No profit No loss
➢ Profit %
25 − 21
➢ Loss % = × 100% = 16%
25
7 → 𝐿𝑜𝑠𝑠
➢ 35% Loss → 20
→ 𝐶𝑃
CP : SP
20 : (20 − 7)
40 20 : 13
Profit % = × 100% = 16% OR
250
Profit ( Rs ) 100% ∶ 65%
Profit % = × 100% 7 13
CP
SP − CP For SP →× 0.65 or × (1 − ) =
= × 100% 20 20
CP ➢ Label price/marked price = printed price on a
₹250 ⟶ ₹40 Profit product
40 The cost price of an article is Rs. 500 and its
₹1 ⟶ Profit
250 mark price is Rs. 800, then find markup
40 percentage ?
₹100 ⟶ × 100 = ₹16 Profit
250
3
➢ 15% Profit → 15% = 20 → Profit
Mark-up = MP – CP = Rs. 300
mark − up(rs)
Mark-up % = × 100%
𝐶𝑃
MP − CP
= × 100%
3 23 CP
For SP →× 1.15 or × (1 + )= 800 − 500
20 20 = × 100% = 60%
➢ Loss 500
➢ If an object is sold on r% Profit.
7 → 𝐿𝑜𝑠𝑠
➢ Loss = 35% = 20 100 + Profit %
→ 𝐶𝑃 then, S.P. = C.P [ ] or C.P.
Loss 𝐶𝑃 − 𝑆𝑃 100
Loss % = × 100 = × 100% 100
𝐶𝑃 𝐶𝑃 = S.P. [ ]
➢ 100 + Profit %
Similarly, if an object is sold on r% loss, then
100 − Loss %
S.P. = CP [ ] or
100
100
= S.P. [ ]
76 100 − Loss %
Loss % = × 100 = 16%
475

11
➢ Successive profit/loss Ex. A man sells his items at 10% profit. If he had
1. Successive Profits : If A sells an article to B at sold for Rs. 40 more then he would have gained
a% profit and B sells it to C at b% profit 15% profit. Find cost price of item.
OR
40
If a% and b% are two successive profits CP = × 100 ⇒ Rs. 800
𝑎𝑏 (15 − 10)
then Total Profit = (𝑎 + 𝑏 + )%
100 5. If a man purchases 'a' items for Rs. x and sells
If A sells an article to B at a% profit and B sells 'b' items for Rs. y, then his profit or loss per
it to C at b% profit and if C paid Rs. x, then cent is given by
100 100
amount paid by A = 𝑥 × (100+a) (100+b) 𝑎𝑦 − 𝑏𝑥
( ) × 100%
2. If a% profit and b% loss occur, simultaneously 𝑏𝑥
𝑎𝑏 ➢ Dishonest Shopkeeper
then overall loss or profit% is (𝑎 − 𝑏 − 100) %
1. A dishonest shopkeeper sells his goods at C.P.
(–ve sign for loss, +ve sign for profit) but uses false weight, then his profit =
Based on number of article True weight − False weight
Gain % = False weight
× 100
1. If cost price of 'x' articles is equal to selling price
of 'y' articles, then Error
or Gain % = × 100
Selling Price = x. Cost Price = y True value − Error
𝑥−𝑦 (Positive and negative sign conventions are used
Hence, Profit and Loss % = × 100 for profit and loss.)
𝑦
2. On selling 'x' articles the profit or loss is equal Ex. A dishonest shopkeeper sells his goods at CP but
𝑦×100
to selling of 'y' articles, then Profit% 𝑥−𝑦 uses 750 gm weight instead of 1000 gm. Find
𝑦 × 100 his profit percent?
Loss % =
𝑥+𝑦 1000 − 750
Gain % = × 100%
Ex. On selling 12 articles the profit earned is equal 750
to selling of 4 articles. Find profit%. 250 𝟏
= × 100% = 𝟑𝟑 %
4 × 100 750 𝟑
Profit % = ⇒ 𝟓𝟎%
12 − 4 2. If a vendor used to sell his articles at x% loss
3. If a man sells two similar objects one at a loss of on cost price but uses y grams instead of z
x% and another at a gain of x%, then he always grams, then his profit or loss% is
𝑦
incures loss in this transaction and loss% is [(100 − 𝑥) − 100] %
x2
𝑧
% [Profit or loss as per positive or negative sign].
100
4. A man sells his items at a profit/loss of x%. If Ex. If a vendor used to sell his articles at 13% loss
he had sold it for Rs. R more, he would have but uses 150 gm instead of 200 gm. Then his
gained/ loss y%. Then. profit/ loss% is?
R 200
C.P. of items = × 100 [(100 − 13) × − 100] %
(𝑦 ± 𝑥) 150
4
'+' = when one is profit and other is loss. = (87 × − 100)% = (116 − 100)%
'–' = When both are either profit or loss. 3
= 16% profit
MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 12

3. If a% and b% are two successive losses then 𝑎𝑏
(−𝑎 + 𝑏 − )%
(negative sign shows loss and positive sign 100
shows profit) (negative sign for loss and positive sign for
ab profit)
Total loss % = (−a − b + )%
100
4. If a% loss and b% profit occur then, total
loss/profit is

(Discount)
➢ Discount 2
→ × 100 = 8% profit
➢ Discount = MP – SP 25
➢ Can not be greater than 100% 2.
CP SP MP
1.
500 700 800
Discount = MP – SP = 100
Discount
Discount % = × 100%
MP
MP − SP
= × 100%
MP
100 2
∴ × 100% = 12.5% Equivalent discount of 10%, 8.33% & 18 %
800 11
2. If shopkeeper does not allow any discount = 32.5%
MP = SP ⇒ Mark-up% = Profit% 3. Successive discount → x%, y%
3. SP = CP + Profit = MP – Discount 𝑥𝑦
Net discount- (𝑥 + 𝑦 − )%
700 = 500 + 200 = 800 – 100 100
4. 4. Successive discount → x%, y%, z%
Net discount
𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦𝑧 + 𝑧𝑥 𝑥𝑦𝑧
= (𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧) − +
100 10000
Ex:- 5%, 7%, 8%
SP = CP × (100 + P)% = MP × (100 − d)%
Net discount
CP 100 − d%
∴ = 35 + 56 + 40 5×7×8
MP 100 + p% = 20 − ( )+
100 10000
Net effect (successive) of mark up% and = 20 − 1.31 + 0.0280
discount% is profit % = 18.718%
M×D
P% = (M − D − )% ➢ Free Article
100 ➢ Buy 4 get 1 free
➢ Successive Discount
1 Article MP = Rs. 1
1.
D=1
MP = 5
1
D% = × 100 = 20%
5
Note: Any kind of Discount is calculated only
on marked price and not on selling price or cost
+3 price.
60% =
5 'y' articles (quantity/number) are given free on
+1 purchasing 'x' articles. Then,
10% =
10 𝑥 × 100
−1 Discount % =
8.33% = 𝑥+𝑦
12
2 −2 Ex. If 2 articles are given free on purchase of 8
18 % = articles then find discount %.
11 11

2 30 × (100 − 15)
Discount % = × 100% = 𝟐𝟎% ⇒ − 15
(2 + 8) 100
➢ Miscellaneous 255
⇒ − 15 ⇒ 25.5 − 15 = 𝟏𝟎. 𝟓% profit
1. If article is sold on D% discount, then 10
MP(100 − D) 3. The marked price of an article is fixed in such a
SP =
100 way that after allowing a discount of r% a profit
SP × 100
MP = of R% is obtained. Then the marked price of the
100 − D r+R
2. A tradesman marks his goods r% above his cost article is (100−r × 100) % more than its cost
price. If he allows his customers a discount of price.
r1% on the marked price. Then the profit or loss
Ex. The MP of an article is fixed in such a way that
percent is
r × (100 − r1 ) after allowing a discount of 20% a profit of 30%
− r1 is obtained. Then mark-up percent is?
100
(Positive sign signifies profit and negative sign 20 + 30
signifies loss). Mark-up % = ( × 100) %
(100 − 20)
Ex. A shopkeeper marks his goods 30% above the 50
cost price. If he allows a discount of 15% on the = × 100% = 𝟔𝟐. 𝟓%
80
mark price. Then his profit or loss percent is?

(Simple Interest)
➢ Important Points ➢ Interest on R. 100 in one year is called Rate of

➢ Borrowed money is called Principal and it is Interest.
denoted by 'P'. ➢ If a certain sum becomes 'n' times of itself in T
➢ Money is borrowed for certain time period, that years on Simple Interest, then the rate per cent
time is called interest time and it is denoted by per annum is.
'T' or 't'. (n − 1)
R% = × 100% and,
➢ The principal becomes Amount when interest is T
added to it Amount is represented as A. (n − 1)
T= × 100%
➢ So, Amount = Principal + Interest ⇒ A = P + R
S.I. Ex. If a certain sum becomes 3 times of itself in 4
⇒ A = P + S.I. years on simple interest. Find rate percent per
OR annum.
Interest = Amount – Principal ⇒ S.I = A – P (3 − 1)
R= × 100% = 𝟓𝟎%
➢ When Interest is payable half – yearly 4
Rate will be half and time will be twice ➢ If Simple Interest (S.I.) becomes 'n' times of
When interest is payable quarterly principal i.e.
Rate will be one-fourth and time will be four S.I. = P × n then.
times. RT = n × 100
➢ Simple Interest (SI) ➢ If an Amount (A) becomes 'n' times of certain
Principal × Rate × Time sum (P) i.e.
➢ SI = 100 A = Pn then
or, RT = (n – 1) × 100
P×R×T ➢ If the difference between two simple interests is
S. I =
100 'x' calculated at different annual rates and times,
S. I × 100 then principal (P) is
P=
R×T 𝑥 × 100
S. I × 100 P=
R= ( diff. in rate ) × ( diff. in time )
P×T
S. I × 100 ➢ If a sum amounts to 𝑥1 in t years and then this
T= sum amounts to 𝑥2 in t yrs. Then the sum is
P×R
A = P + S.I given by
or, ( Diff in amount ) × 100
𝑃=
S.I. = A – P ( Change in interest Rate ) × time
➢ If there are distinct rates of interest for distinct ➢ If a sum with simple interest rate, amounts to 'A'
time periods i.e. in 𝑡1 years and 'B' in 𝑡2 years, then.
Rate for 1 st 𝑡1 years → 𝑅1 % (B − A) × 100
R% = and
Rate for 2 nd 𝑡2 years → 𝑅2 % A.t 2 − B. t1
Rate for 3𝑟𝑑𝑡3 years → 𝑅3 % At 2 − Bt1
P=
Then, Total S.I. for 3 years t 2 − t1
𝑃(𝑅1 𝑡1 + 𝑅2 𝑡2 + 𝑅3 𝑡3 ) ➢ Installment
= ➢ If a sum is to be deposited in equal installments,
100
➢ Rate of Interest then

A × 200 S. I.× 2400
Equal installments = r=
T[200+(T-1)r] n(n + 1) × ( deposited amount )
where where n = no. of months
T = no. of years ➢ The difference between the S.I. for a certain sum
A = amount 𝑃1 deposited for time 𝑇1 at 𝑅1 rate of interest and
r = Rate of Interest another sum 𝑃2 deposited for time 𝑇2 at 𝑅2 rate
➢ To find the rate of interest under current deposit of interest is
plan, 𝑃2 𝑅2 𝑇2 − 𝑃1 𝑅1 𝑇1
S.I. =
100

(Compound Interest)
➢ Compound interest is the interest you earn on Rate CI3 CI3 − SI3
interest 5% 15.7625% 0.7625%
1. If rate of interest in first and 2nd cycle are x% & 10% 33.1% 3.1%
y% respectively 15% 52.0875% 7.0875%
𝑥𝑦 20% 72.8% 12.8%
CI2 = (𝑥 + 𝑦 + )% 25% 95.3125% 20.3125%
100
➢ If rate is same = r% 30% 119.7% 29.7%
r2 ➢ P = Rs. 7500
CI2 = (2r + )% R = 7%, 8%
100
7×8
𝑟2 CI2 − SI2 → % = 0.56%
2. Difference between CI & SI for 2 years = % 100
100
r2 7500 × 0.56% ⇒ Rs. 42
Rate 𝐶𝐼2 (2r + 100) Difference between CI and
5. P = 10.000
SI T = 3 years
5% 10.25% 0.25% 1 11
10% 21% 1% R = 10% p.a = ∴ or 1.1
10 10
15% 32.25% 2.25%
20% 44% 4%
25% 56.25% 6.25%
30% 69% 9%
3. Rate = 𝑥%, 𝑦%, 𝑧% for 3 cycles.
(𝑥𝑦+𝑦𝑧+𝑧𝑥) 𝑥𝑦𝑧
CI = [(𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧) + + 10000] %
100
➢ P = Rs. 4000
R = 2%, 3%, 5% Amount & CI1 , CI11 , CIIII G.P
CI = (10 + 0.31 + 0.0030)% = 10.313% 6. Ratio of CI of
∴ 4000 × 10.313% = Rs. 412.52 2 years → 2 : 1
⇒ If r% for 3 consecutive years r%, r%, r% 3 years → 3 : 3 : 1
3r 2 r3 4 years → 4 : 6 : 4 : 1
CI3 = (3r + + )% 5 years → 5 : 10 : 10 : 5 : 1
100 10000
➢ P = Rs. 10,000 ➢ Some important points
R = 7% p.a. 1. If
A = Amount
CI3 = ?
P = Principal
Eff. Rate = (21 + 1.47 + 0.0343)% = 22.0543%
r = Rate of Compound Interest (C.I.)
∴ CI3 → 10,000 × 22.5043%
t = no. of years
= Rs. 2250.43
then
4.
r t
A = P (1 + ) , C. I. = A − P
100
r t
C.I. = P [(1 + ) − 1]
100
2. Compound interest is calculated on four basis:
Rate Time(n)

Annually r% t years 7. If on compound interest, a sum becomes Rs. A
Half-yearly r t × 2 years in 'a' years and Rs. B in 'b' years then,
%
2 B
Quarterly r t × 4 years (i) If b − a = 1, then R% = (A − 1) × 100%
%
4
Monthly r t × 12 years B
% (ii) If b − a = 2, then R% = (√A − 1) × 100%
12
3. If there are distinct 'rates of interest' for distinct 1
B n
time periods i.e. (iii)If b − a = n then, R% = [(A) − 1] × 100%
Rate for 1st year → r1 %
Rate for 2nd year → r2 % where n is a whole number.
Rate for 3rd year ⇒ r3 % and so on
Then 8. If a sum becomes 'n' times of itself in 't' years on
1
𝑟1 𝑟2 𝑟3 compound interest, then 𝑅% = [𝑛 𝑡 − 1] ×
𝐴 = 𝑃 (1 + ) (1 + ) (1 + )…
100 100 100 100%
C.I. = A – P
4. If the time is in fractional form i.e., Ex. If a sum becomes 3 times of itself in 2 years on
t = nF, then compound interest then R% is →
r n rF
A = P (1 + ) (1 + ) 1
100 100 R% = (32 − 1) × 100%
5
e.g. t = 3 yrs, then
7 ⇒ (√3 − 1) × 100%
r 3 r 5
A = (1 + ) (1 + × )
100 100 7 9. (i) for n = 2. Each annual installment
5. A certain sum becomes 'm' times of itself in 't'
P
years on compound interest then the time it will =
take to becomes mn times of itself is t × n years. 100 100 2
(100 + r) + (100 + r)
Ex. A certain sum becomes 3 times of itself in 5
(ii) For n = 3. Each annual installment
years on compound interest. Then the time it
will take to becomes 81 times of itself is → P
=
100 100 2 100 3
81 = 34 (100 + r) + (100 + r) + (100 + r)
∴ Time = 5 × 4 = 20 years 10. The simple interest for a certain sum for 2 years
6. The difference between C.I. and S.I. on a sum at an annual rate of interest R% is S.I., then
'P' in 2 years at the rate of R% rate of compound R
C.I. = S.I. (1 + )
interest will be 200
11. A certain sum at C.I., becomes x times in 𝑛1 year
R 2 S. I.× R 1 1
For 2 year, C.I. − S.I. = P ( ) =
100 200 and y times in 𝑛2 years then 𝑥 𝑛1 = 𝑦 𝑛2 .
For 3 years, C.I. − S.I.
R 2 R
= P( ) × (3 + )
100 100

(Ratio & Proportion)
➢ Concept of Ratio 5. If the ratio of alligation of milk and water in a

➢ The comparative relation between two amounts/ glass is m : n and in other glass alligation is p :
quantities of same type is called ratio. q, then the ratio of milk and water in third glass
➢ Ratio always occurs between units, as- which contains alligation of both glasses is
Rupees : Rupees m p n q
Ratio = ( + ):( + )
kg : kg m+n p+q m+n p+q
𝑎 𝑐 𝑒 𝑎+𝑐+𝑒+⋯
Hour : Hour 6. If 𝑏 = 𝑑 = 𝑓 =… then each ratio = 𝑏+𝑑+𝑓+⋯
Second : Second etc.
➢ Definition of different types of ratio
➢ Let an amount be x and another is y, then the
1. Mixed ratio – Let x : y and P : Q be two ratios,
ratio between them is x : y or x ÷ y.
then Px : Qy is called mixed ratio.
➢ In ratio 1st number i.e. 'x' is called "antecedent"
2. Duplicate ratio – The mixed ratio of two equal
and 2nd number i.e., 'y' is called "consequent".
ratios is called the duplicate ratio as
➢ If a : b : : c : d, then a and d are called extremes
duplicate ratio of a : b is 𝑎2 : 𝑏 2
and b and c are called means.
3. Subduplicate ratio – The square root of a
∴ Product of extremes = Product of means.
certain ratio is called its subduplicate.
i.e., ad = bc
The subduplicate ratio of a : b = √a: √b
1. It does not change the ratio, when we multiply
4. Triplicate ratio – The cube of a certain ratio is
or divide antecedent and consequent of the ratio
called triplicate ratio.
by a same non-zero number as-
𝑎 𝑎×𝑐 The triplicate ratio of a : b = 𝑎3 : 𝑏 3
e.g. 𝑎: 𝑏 = = = 𝑎𝑐: 𝑏𝑐 = 𝑎: 𝑏 5. Subtriplicate ratio – The cube root of a certain
𝑏 𝑏×𝑐
2. What should be added to all of a, b, c, d ratio is called subtriplicate ratio as –
3 3
(numbers) so that these become proportional The Subtriplicate ratio of a : b = √𝑎: √𝑏
respectively? 6. Inverse ratio – The reciprocal of quantities of
Let x should be added ratio is called its inverse. Reciprocal or inverse
𝑎+𝑥 𝑐+𝑥 ratio of a : b
Then ∷ 1 1 1 1
𝑏+𝑥 𝑑+𝑥 = 𝑎 : 𝑏 or = (𝑎 : 𝑏) × (L.C.M of a and b)
3. If an amount R is to be divided between A and
B in the ratio m : n then 7. Invertendo – The proportion in which
𝑚 antecedent and consequent quantities change
(i) Part of 𝐴 = 𝑚+𝑛 × 𝑅
𝑛
their places, is called invertendo, as –
(ii) Part of 𝐵 = 𝑚+𝑛 × 𝑅 Invertendo of a : b = c : d is b : a = d : c means
𝑚−𝑛 a c b d
(iii)Difference of part of 𝐴 and 𝐵 = 𝑚+𝑛 × 𝑅 = d then =
b a c
where m > n 8. Alternendo – If a : b :: c : d is a proportion then
4. If the ratio of A and B is m : n and the difference its alternendo is a : c :: b : d. i.e alternendo of
in their share is 'R' units then, 𝑎 𝑐 𝑎 𝑏
𝑚
= 𝑑 is 𝑐 = 𝑑
𝑏
(i) Part of 𝐴 = 𝑚−𝑛 × 𝑅 9. Componendo – If a : b :: c : d is a proportion,
𝑛
(ii) Part of 𝐵 = 𝑚−𝑛 × 𝑅 then componenedo is (a + b) : b :: (c + d) : d
𝑚+𝑛 𝑎 𝑐 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑
(iii)The sum of parts of 𝐴 and 𝐵 = 𝑚−𝑛 × 𝑅 It means, If = then, =
𝑏 𝑑 𝑏 𝑑
where m > n

𝑎 𝑐 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑 a b
or, [ + 1 = + 1 ⇒ = ] i.e. = ⇒ a𝑥 = b2
𝑏 𝑑 𝑏 𝑑 b 𝑥
10. Dividendo – If a : b :: c : d is a proportion, then b2
its dividendo is (a – b) : b :: (c – d) : d ∴𝑥=
a
a c a c 𝑏2
It means, = ⇒ − 1 = − 1 ∴ Third proportional of a and b = 𝑎
b d b d
a−b c−d 6. Fourth Proportional – Let x be the fourth
⇒ = proportional of a, b and c, then a : b :: c : x (Real
b d
11. Componendo and dividendo – If there is a condition)
proportion a : b :: c : d then its componendo and a c
⇒ = ⇒ a𝑥 = bc
dividendo is b 𝑥
𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑 bc
(a + b) : (a – b) :: (c + d) : (c – d) or, 𝑎−𝑏 = 𝑐−𝑑 ∴𝑥=
a
To simplify the proportion any one method of 𝑏𝑐
∴ Fourth proportional of a, b and c bc and c = 𝑎
componendo, dividendo, componendo and
7. First Proportional – Let x be the first
Dividendo can direcly be used.
proportional of a, b and c. then, x : a :: b : c (Real
➢ Concept of Proportion
condition)
1. Directly Proportional: If x = ky, where k is a
𝑥 b
constant, then we say that x is direcly ∴ = ⇒ c𝑥 = ab
proportional to y. If it is written as 𝑥 ∝ 𝑦. a c
𝑘
𝑎𝑏
2. Inversely Proportional: If x = 𝑦 where k is a ∴𝑥=
𝑐
constant, then we say that x is inversely 8. Let 'x' be a number which is subtracted from a,
1 b, c and d to make them proportional then
proportional to y. It is written as 𝑥 ∝ 𝑦.
𝑎𝑑 − 𝑏𝑐
3. Proportion: When two ratios are equal to each 𝑥=
(𝑎 + 𝑑) − (𝑏 + 𝑐)
other, then they are called proportional as Let 'x' be a number which is added to a, b, c and
a : b = c : d, then, a, b, c and d are in proportion. d to make them proportional, then
or, 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑎𝑑
a : b :: c : d 𝑥=
(𝑎 + 𝑑) − (𝑏 + 𝑐)
e.g. 2 : 5 = 6 : 15, then we write 2 : 5 :: 6 : 15
Here a, b, c and d should always be in ascending
4. Mean Proportion – Let x be the mean
order.
proportion between a and b, then a : x :: x : b
➢ Law of Ratios
(Real condition) 𝑎 𝑐
a 𝑥 If = then
∴ = ⇒ 𝑥 2 = ab 𝑏 𝑑
𝑥 𝑏 (i) ad = bc
∴ 𝑥 = √ab a b
So, mean proportion of a and b = √𝑎𝑏 (ii) =
c d
If x be the mean proportion between (x – a) and 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑
(iii) =
(x – b) then what will be the value of x ? 𝑏 𝑑
ab 𝑎−𝑏 𝑐−𝑑
𝑥= (iv) =
b+b 𝑏 𝑑
5. Third proportional – Let 'x' be the third 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑
(v) =
proportional of a and b then, 𝑎−𝑏 𝑐−𝑑
a : b :: b : x (Real condition) ➢ How to find ratio
1. If 3A = 4B = 5c find A : B : C

Step 1: Take LCM of (3,4,5) = 60 Second methtod:- (B is common, so make B
60 equal)
∴𝐴= = 20
3
∴ A : B : C = 20 : 15 : 12
60
𝐵= = 15
4
60
𝐶= = 12 ➢ Concept of Degree
5 a 7
2nd Method 3A=4B=5C 1. If b = 3
A: B: C = 4 × 5: 3 × 5: 3 × 4 5𝑎 + 3𝑏 5 × 7 + 3 × 3 44
↓ ↓ ↓ then = =
7𝑎 − 4𝑏 7 × 7 − 4 × 3 37
forA forB forC 2𝑎2 +3𝑏2 98+27 −25
multiply the multiply multiply the 2. 𝑎2 −4𝑎𝑏 = 49−84 = 7
coeff. of B the coeff. coeff. of A & 3𝑎3 +4𝑏2
3. = can not be determined because degree
&C of A & C C 5𝑎2 +2𝑏3
⇒ 𝟐𝟎: 𝟏𝟓: 𝟏𝟐 of each term is not same.
2. If A:B = 4:5, B:C = 2:5 then find A:B:C = ? Note:-
To solve this type of equations degree of each
term should be same.

Mixture & Alligation)
➢ Concentration = 48.8%
➢ Concentration is the percentage of a particular 2. When different quantity is replaced each time.
quantity in the full mixture 400L pure milk
−1
Ex. In a mixture ratio of milk; water = 60 : 40 −40L pure milk + 40L water =
10
∴ Concentration of milk = −1
−50 mix 50L water =
8
60 Left Quantity of pure milk
× 100% = 60%
60 + 40 9 7 4
= 400 × × × = 252 𝐿
Ex. If ratio of milk : water = 11 : 5 10 8 5
water = 400 – 252 = 148L
Then concentration of milk
2nd method :-
11
= × 100% = 68.75% 10 : 9
11 + 5 8 : 7
Concentration of water = 5 4
̅̅̅̅̅
400 : ̅̅̅̅̅
252
5 ↓× 1 ↓× 1
× 100% = 31.25%
16 400L 𝟐𝟓𝟐𝐋
or concentration of water = 100 – concentration 3. If from x litre of liquid A, p litre is withdrawn
of milk and same quantity of liquid B is added. Again
= 100 – 68.75% = 31.25% from mixture, q litre mixture is withdrawn and
same quantity of liquid B is added. Again from
➢ Replacement of mixture mixture, r litre is withdrawn and same quantity
1. When same quantity is replaced each time from of liquid B is added, then
400 L Pure Milk. In final mixture, liquid A is
−80 −1 𝑥−p 𝑥−q 𝑥−r
= = part of 20% removed each time 𝑥( )( )( )….
400 5 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
−80L pure milk If only one process is repeated n times, then
] 𝑥−p n
+80L water liquid A in final mixture is = 𝑥 ( ) or
left quantity of pure milk after 3 times 𝑥
p n
4 4 4 (1 − 𝑥) and liquid B in final mixture = x –
⇒ 400 × × ×
5 5 5 (liquid A in final mixture)
4 3 4. If x is initial amount of liquid. p is the amount
⇒ 400 × ( )
5 which is drawn, and this process is repeated n-
⇒ 400 × 0.512 = 204.8 𝐿 times such that the resultant mixture is in the
water in final mixture = 400–204.8 = 195.2L a 𝑥−p n
➢ Concentration of milk = ratio a : b then, a+b = ( )
𝑥
Left puremilk 4 3 ➢ Increase/decrease of mixture
= ( ) = 0.512 1. There is x% milk in 'a' unit mixture of milk and
Total mixture 5
= 51.2% water. The amount of milk that should be added
Concentration of water = 100% – 51.2%

to increase the percentage of milk from x% to ➢ Overall increase in population
y% is given by 500 50
= × 100 = %
Required quantity of milk 6000 6
𝐚(𝑥 − 𝑦)
= unit.
(100 − 𝑦)
2. There is x% water in 'a' unit the mixture of sugar
and water. The quantity of water vapourised
such that decrease in the percentage of water is
from x% to y% is given by 50 50
9− ∶ −5
∴ Required quantity of vapourised water 6 6
a(𝑥 − 𝑦) 4 20
= unit. ∶
𝑦 6 6
3. The amount of acid/milk is x% in 'M' litre 1 : 5
mixture. How much water should be mixed in it 3. Alligation in income related questions:
so that percentage amount of acid/milk would be
y%?
M(𝑥 − 𝑦)
Amount of water =
𝑦
1. The cost of cheap object is Rs. C/kg and the cost
of dear object is Rs. D/kg. If the mixture of both
object costs Rs. M/kg then Ex. A man spends 75% of his income. If his income
Cheap object 𝐷−𝑀 is increased by 20% and expenditure increased
=
Dear object 𝑀−𝐶 by 10%. Then find % change in savings.
3 → spends
75% = ∴ Exp: saving = 3 ∶ 1
4 → income
2. Alligation in population related questions
𝑥 − 20 3
⇒ =
10 1
𝑥 − 20 = 30
𝑥 = 50%
4. Alligation in profit loss
Ex. The population of a town is 6000. If males
increase by 5% and females increase by 9% then
population will become 6500 after 1 year. Find
the initial ratio of males and females?

Ex. Cost price of type A sugar is 36 Rs./Kg and type Ex. Rs. 10,000 is lent at 5% per annum simple
B sugar is 45 Rs/Kg. In what ratio these type of interest and Rs. x is lent at 10% p.a. If overall
sugar should be mixed to get a mixture worth 39 rate of interest is 8% then find value of x.
Rs./Kg.
8. Alligation in Average
5. Profit/loss% (A) Profit/Loss% (B)
overall profit/loss%
9.
cost price (A) : cost price (B)

Ex. First watch is sold at 10% profit and 2nd watch
is sold at 15% profit and the overall profit on
both the watches is 12% if cost price of first
watch is Rs. 360 Find cost price of second 10. Alligation in time and distance
watch?
11.
6.
distance
Speed =
time
Note → Mean value respect ratio
7. Alligation in simple interest ➢
P
P% = × 100
CP

(Partnership)
➢ Partnership which he is paid take part in business

salary from the profit activities.
➢ Profit = Capital × time
P=C×T
simple partnership compound partnership
P
If all partners invest If all partners invest C=
different capital for their different T
P
same time period or capitals for different T=
same capital for time period C
different time period ➢ Profit and capital × time
➢ Partners Profit = 𝐼1 𝑇1 : 𝐼2 𝑇2 : 𝐼3 𝑇3 : 𝐼4 𝑇4
where 𝐼1 , 𝐼2 , 𝐼3 , 𝐼4 → Investments by different
persons
Active Partner Sleeping Partner 𝑇1 , 𝑇2 , 𝑇3 , 𝑇4 → Time
invests money as who only invests
well as takes part in money and does not
business activity for

(Average)
➢ Concept of Dev
➢ iation 4. If the average of '𝑛1 ' numbers is a1 and the
➢ Find Average of 40, 42, 35, 50, 85 average of '𝑛2 ' numbers is 𝑎2 , then average of
➢ Traditional method is to add all the numbers and total numbers 𝑛1 and 𝑛2 is, Average =
divide by the number of observations but this 𝐧1 𝐚1 +𝐧2 𝐚2
𝐧1 +𝐧2
method is lengthy and calculative. To avoid
calculation and save time we solve it by concept Ex. If average of 10 numbers is 24 and average of
of deviation. 5 numbers is 15. Find the combined average?
Step I : Consider any number in the range of
10 × 24 + 5 × 15
these numbers as average. Combined average =
Step II : Find the difference of average from 10 + 5
315
each number (deviation) = = 𝟐𝟏
Step III: Add the deviation and divide it by total 15
number of observations. 5. No. of data → n1 n2 n3 n4
Step IV: Add or subtract (according to sign of Average → 𝑎1 𝑎2 𝑎3 𝑎4
deviation) the deviation from the average that Net avg/weighted avg
we considered to get accurate average. n1 a1 + n2 a2 + n3 n3 + n4 a4
→
Example: 40, 42, 35, 50, 85 n1 + n2 + n3 + n4
Deviation: 0 +2 –5 +10 +45
Let Average = 40 Example:
0 + 2 − 5 + 10 + 45 52 ➢ Class A B
Net deviation = =
5 5 C
= +10.4 No. of Students → 9 : 17
∴ Actual Average = 40 + 10.4 = 𝟓𝟎. 𝟒 : 14
1. Sum of the observation = Average × total Average weight → 53 kg 59 kg
number of the observation 64 kg
2. Average of two or more numbers/ quantities is Avg.wt. of all class
called the mean of these numbers, which is 9 × 53 + 17 × 59 + 14 × 64
given by →
9 + 17 + 14
Sum of allobservation 2376
Average (𝑨) = = = 59.4
Total no, of all observation 40
Example:- Weight of 60 students = 40, 42, 35, OR, Deviation Method :
50.... Student →9 : 17
Total weight = 2400kg : 14
2400 kg Avg.wt. → 53 59
Average = = 40
60 student 64 kg
3. If the given observation (x) are occurring with (–6kg×9) 0
certain frequency (A) then, (+5kg ×14)
𝐴1 𝑥1 + 𝐴2 𝑥2 + ⋯ + 𝐴𝑛 𝑥𝑛 Let Average weight of all classes = 59 kg
Average =
𝑥1 + 𝑥2 + ⋯ + 𝑥𝑛 (−54 + 70)
where 𝐴1 , 𝐴2 , 𝐴3 , … . . 𝐴𝑛 are frequencies = 59kg +
40

= 59 + 0.4 = 59.4 kg Ex. Find average of first 10 multiples of 3
➢ Average of consecutive numbers
First 10 multiples of 3 = 3, 6, 9 ..... 30
1. The average of 'n' consecutive natural numbers
starting from 1 i.e. Average of 1,2,3,....n 3(1 + 10) 33
n(n + 1) Average = = = 𝟏𝟔. 𝟓
2 2
sum of first n natural no. 2
= 8. Average of square of 1st n even number =
n n
𝐧+𝟏 2𝑛(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
= 3
𝟐 9. Average of cube of 1st n even number =
2. The average of squares of 'n' consecutive
natural numbers starting from 1 i.e. 2n(n + 1)2
Average of 12 , 22 , 32 , 42 , … 𝑛2 10. Average of square of 1st n odd number =
𝑛(𝑛+1)(2𝑛−1)
𝑛(𝑛 + 1)(2𝑛 + 1) 3
= 6 11. Average of cube of 1st n odd number =
𝑛
(𝐧 + 𝟏)(𝟐𝐧 + 𝟏) 𝑛(2𝑛2 − 1)
= Last odd no. +1
6 12. Average of 1 to n odd number = 2
3. The average of cubes of first 'n' consecutive Last even no. +2
13. Average of 1 to n even number =
natural numbers i.e. Average of 13 , 23 , 33 , … n3 2
2 ➢ Average speed
n(n + 1)
( ) n(n + 1)2 1. If A goes from P to Q with speed of x km/h and
2
= = returns from Q to P with speed of y km/h, then
n 4
4. The average of first 'n' consecutive even natural the average speed of total journey is
numbers i.e. Average of 2, 4, 6,.... 2n = 2𝑥𝑦 total distance
Average speed = =
n(n+1) 𝑥+𝑦 total time taken
= (n + 1)
n 2. If a distance is travelled with three different
5. The average of first 'n' consecutive odd natural speeds a km/h, b km/h and c km/h, then Average
n2 3𝑎𝑏𝑐
numbers i.e. 1, 3, 5, ... (2n – 1) = =𝐧 speed of total journey = 𝑎𝑏+𝑏𝑐+𝑐𝑎 km/h
n
6. The average of certain consecutive numbers a,
First no.+Last no. 𝐚+𝐧 Ex. A particular distance is travelled with 2 km/hr,
b, c, .... n is =
2 𝟐 3 km/hr and 4 km/hr. Find average speed of the
Ex. Find average of 4, 5, 6 .............. 20. whole journey.
4 + 20 24 3×2×3×4 72
Average = = = 12 Average speed = =
2 2 2 × 3 + 3 × 4 + 4 × 2 26
7. The average of 1st 'n' multiples of certain 𝟑𝟔

= 𝐤𝐦/𝐡𝐫
𝑥(1+𝑛) 𝟏𝟑
numbers x =
2

➢ Average age where, x = increase (+) or decrease (–) in
1. 't' years before, the average age of N members average income (or age)
of a family was 'T' years. If during this period 'n' n = Number of members.
children increased in the family but average age ➢ When change in data happens
(present) remains same, then. 1. If in any series having common difference 'd'
Present age of n children = n.T – N.t and Average 'k', 'x' numbers are added in
2. If in the group of N persons, a new person comes forward or backward, then
at the place of a person of 'T' years, so that 𝑥𝑑
average age, increase by 't' years New Average = k ±
2
Then, the age of the new person = T + N.t 2. In series of even or odd having Average "k",
If the average age decrease by 't' years after when we add "x" number in forward or
entry of new person, then the age of the new backward, Then
person = T – N.t New Average = k ± x
3. The average age of a group of N students is 'T' 3. In series of natural number having Average "k",
years. If 'n' students join, the average age of the when we add "x" number in forward or
group increases by 't' years, then Average age of backward, Then
𝑁 New Average = k ± x/2
new students = T + ( 𝑛 + 1) 𝑡
4. If average of n observations is a but the average
If the average age of the group decreases by 't' becomes b when one observation is eliminated,
years, then Average age of new students then value of eliminated observation = n(a–b)+b
N
= T + ( + 1) t 5. If average of n observations is a but the average
n becomes b when a new observation is added,
4. If the average age (height) of 'n' persons is x then value of added observation = n(b–a) + b
year (cms) and from them 'm' persons went 6. We have n observations out of which some
out whose average age (height) is 'y' years observations (𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 ....) are replaced by
(cms) and same number of persons joined some other new observations and in this way, if
whose average age (height) is 'z' years (cms) the average increase or decreases by b, then
then what is the average age (height) of n value of new observations
persons ? = a ± nb
m(𝑦−𝑧)
∴ Average age = {𝑥 − n } years (cms) Where, 𝑎 = 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3 +….
5. If in a group, one member is replaced by a new Note: In this formula, the signs of '+' and '–'
members, then. depend upon the increment or decrement in the
Age of new member = (age of replaced member) average
± xn 7. Mathematical operation performed on each
where, x = increase (+) or decrease (–) in observation results in same effect on the
average n = Number of members. average.
6. If a new member is added in a group then. age ➢ Related to numbers
(or income) of added member = Average age (or 1. If there are 3 natural numbers and average of any
income) ± x (n + 1). two number when added with third number
where x = increase (+) or decrease (–) in average gives a, b, c. Then natural numbers.
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
age (or income) Sum of number = ( 2 ) = 𝑘
n = Number of members. First number = 2a–k
7. If a member leaves the group, then income (or Second number = 2b – k
age) of left member = Average income (or age) Third number = 2c – k
± x(n – 1) 2. If the average of m numbers is x and out of these
'm' numbers the average of n numbers is y. (or

vice versa) then the average of remaining (a − b)
numbers will be =m+
n
(i) Average of remaining numbers 2. If the average of n numbers is m but later on it
𝑚𝑥 − 𝑛𝑦 was found that two numbers a and b misread as
= (if 𝑚 > 𝑛)
𝑚−𝑛 p and q.
(ii) Average of remaining numbers (a + b − p − q)
n𝑦 − m𝑥 The correct average = m +
= (if n > m) p
n−m ➢ Miscellaneous
3. If from (n + 1) numbers, the average of first n
numbers is 'F' and the average of last n numbers 1. If the average of n students in a class is a, where
is 'L', and the first number is 'f' and the last average of passed students is x and average of
failed students is y, then
number '𝑙' then
Number of students passed
f – 𝑙 = n(F – L)
n(a − 𝑦)
4. If the average of 'n' observations is 'x' and from =
these the average of 1st 'm' observation is 'y' and (𝑥 − 𝑦)
the average of last 'm' observations is 'z' then 2. Bowling Average =
5. mth observation = m(y + z) – nx Total runs given
(m + 1)th observation = nx – m(y + z) Total wickets taken
➢ When data is misread 3. Batting Average =
1. If average of n numbers is m but later on it was Total runs scored
found that a number 'a' was misread as 'b'. The Total number of innings played
correct average will be

(Time & Work)
1. If 𝑀1 men finish 𝑊1 work in 𝐷1 days, working 5. If A and B can do a work in 'x' days B and C can
𝑇1 time each day and 𝑀2 men finish 𝑊2 work in do the same work in 'y' days. C and A can do the
𝐷2 days, working 𝑇2 time each day then same work in 'z' days. Then total time taken,
𝐌1 𝐃1 𝐓1 𝐌2 𝐃2 𝐓2 2
= when A, B and C work together = = 1 1 1 OR
( + + )
𝐖1 𝐖2 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
2𝑥𝑦𝑧
days
Ex. 5 men can finish a work in 10 days working 8 𝑥𝑦+𝑦𝑧+𝑧𝑥
hours each day. How many men will be needed 6. If A alone can do a certain work in 'x' days and
to finish the same work in 5 days working 4 A and B together can do the same work in 'y'
hours each day? days then B alone can do the same work in
𝑥𝑦
5 × 10 × 8 = m × 5 × 4 ⇒( ) days
𝑥−𝑦
m = 20 Ex. If A can do a work in 8 days and A + B together
2. If A completes a piece of work in 'x' days and B can do the same work in 5 days. Then B alone
completes the same work in 'y' days, then. can do the work in how many days?
1
Work done by A in 1 day = 𝑥 Time taken by B alone
1
Work done by B in 1 day = 𝑦 8 × 5 40
= = days
∴ Work done by A and B in 1 day 8−5 3
1 1 𝑥+𝑦 7. If food is available for 'x' days for 'A' men at a
= + =
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥𝑦 certain place and after 'y' days 'B' men join, then
∴ Total time taken to complete the work by A the remaining food will serve total men for
𝑥𝑦
and B both = (𝑥+𝑦) A(𝑥−𝑦)
Required time = days
(A+B)
3. If A can do a work in 'x' days. B can do the same
work in 'y' days, C can do the same work in 'z' Ex. If food is available for 60 days for 35 men. After
days then, total time taken by A, B and C to 15 days 10 new men join, then remaining food
complete the work together will serve total men for?
1 𝑥𝑦𝑧
= = 35(60 − 15)
1 1 1 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦𝑧 + 𝑧𝑥 Required time = = 𝟑𝟓 days
𝑥+𝑦+𝑧 35 + 10
𝑚
4. If A can finish 𝑛 part of the work in D days. 8. If A men or B boys or C women can do a certain
Then, total time taken to finish the work by A = work in 'x' days then 𝐴1 men 𝐵1 boys and 𝐶1
𝑛
× 𝐷 days women can do the same work in
𝑚 𝑥
Time taken =
4
Ex. Rahul can finish 5th part of the work in 20 days. 𝐴1 𝐵1 𝐶1
𝐴 + 𝐵 +𝐶
In how many days he will complete the work? 9. The comparison of rate of work done is called
∴ Time taken to complete the work efficiency of doing work.
1
5 Efficiency (E) ∝
× 20 = 25 days No. of days
4

1 1 1 k
𝐸1 : 𝐸2 : 𝐸3 = 𝐷 : 𝐷 : 𝐷 , E = D or , ED = 1 or, 𝟐𝟓
1 2 3 ⇒ days
𝟑
𝐸1 𝐷1 = 𝐸2 𝐷2
12. A can do a work in 'm' days and B can do the
Ex. 3 persons can complete the work in 3 days, 4 same work in 'n' days. If they work together and
days, 5 days respectively. Find ratio of their total wages is R, then.
efficiency? 𝑛
Part of 𝐴/𝐴 = ×𝑅
Persons → A B C (𝑚 + 𝑛)
𝑚
Part of 𝐵/𝐵 = ×𝑅
Time → 3 4 5 (𝑚 + 𝑛)
1 1 1
13. If A, B and C finish the work in m, n and p days
Efficiency → (3 ∶ ∶ ) × 60 (LCM) respectively and they receive the total wages R,
4 5
then the ratio of their wages is
20 : 15 : 12 1 1 1
: :
10. If the efficiency to work of A is twice the 𝑚 n p
efficiency to work of B, then, A : B (efficiency) 14. If A working alone takes x days more than A &
= 2x : x and A : B (time ) = t : 2t B and B working alone takes y days more than
11. If A can do a work in 'x' days and B is R% more A & B. Then the number of days taken by A &
efficient than A then 'B' alone will do the same B working together to finish a job ⇒ √𝑥𝑦 days.
100
work in x (100+𝑅) days
Ex. If A working alone takes 4 days more than A
Ex. A can do a work in 10 days. B is 20% more and B and B working alone takes 9 days more
efficient than A. Then B alone do the same work than A and B working together. Then the
in? number of days taken by A and B working
together to finish a job?
100
B alone will do = 10 × ∴ Time taken by A and B together
100 + 20
100 = √4 × 9 = 6 days
= 10 ×
120

(Pipe & Cistern)
Amount of water released or filled = Rate × Ex. If a pipe fills a tank in 20 hours but it takes 4
time. hours more to fill it due to leakage in the tank. If
the tank is filled completely, then in how many
1. Two taps 'A' and 'B' can fill a tank in 'x' hours
hours it will be empty?
and 'y' hours respectively. If both the taps are
opened together, then how much time it will 20 × (20 + 4)
Required time =
take to fill the tank? 4
𝑥𝑦
Required time = ( ) hrs = 5 × 24 = 120 hours
𝑥+𝑦
2. Two taps 'A’ and 'B' can empty a tank in 'x' 5. A tap 'A' can fill a tank in 'x' hours and 'B' can
hours and 'y' hours respectively. If both the taps empty the tank in 'y' hours. Then (a) time taken
are opened together, then time taken to empty to fill the tank
𝑥𝑦 when both are opened
the tank will be Required time = (𝑥+𝑦) hrs
𝑥𝑦
3. If x, y, z,........... all taps are opened together =( ):𝑥 > 𝑦
𝑥−𝑦
then, the time required to fill/empty the tank will (b) time taken to empty the tank
be: when both are opened
1 1 1 1 𝑥𝑦
± ± ±⋯= =( ):𝑦 > 𝑥
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 T 𝑦−𝑥
where T, is the required time. 6. Two taps A and B can fill a tank in x hours and
Note: Positive result shows that the tank is y hours respectively. If both the pipes are
filling and Negative result shows that the tank is opened together, then the time after which pipe
getting empty. B should be closed so that the tank is full in t
4. If a pipe fills a tank in 'x' hours but it takes 't' hours
more hours to fill it due to leakage in tank. If t
tank is filled completely, then in how many Required time = [𝑦 (1 − )] hours
𝑥
hours it will be empty? [due to leakage outlet]
𝑥(𝑥 + t)
Required time =
t

(Time, Speed & Distance)
➢ Distance = D, Speed = S, Time = T remaining distance in 𝑡2 time. Then ratio of their

D D speed is
⇒ D = S × T, S = , T =
T S 𝐴 𝑡2
1𝑘𝑚 1000𝑚 5
1km/hr = 1ℎ𝑟 = 3600𝑠𝑒𝑐 = 18 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐 ⇒ =√
𝐵 𝑡1
𝟓
1km/hr = 𝟏𝟖 𝒎/𝒔𝒆𝒄 If they meet after 't' hours then t = √𝑡1 . 𝑡2
𝟏𝟖
1 m/sec = km/hr. ➢ Relative speed
𝟓
1. When the two objects travel in same
1 1
Case-I: If D = constant S ∝ 𝑇, 𝑇 ∝ 𝑆 direction:-
𝐷 = 𝑆1 𝑇1 ⇒ 𝑆1 𝑇1 = 𝑆2 𝑇2
𝐒1 𝐓2
∴ =
𝐒2 𝐓1 Relative speed = 70 – 30 = 40km/hr.
∴ Distance between man & bus in one hr. will
be 40 km.
𝑆1 = 60𝑘𝑚/ℎ 𝑆2 = 90𝑘𝑚/ℎ Relative speed = diff of speeds
D = Constant 2. When two objects travel in opposite
720 direction:-
𝐴= = 12Hr.
60
720
B= = 8Hr. Relative speed → 30+70 = 100 km/hr.
90
Speed → 2: 3 Relative speed = sum of both speeds.
Time → 3: 2 ➢ When train passes
1. When train passes a pole or stationary man
Case-II: If time constant D ∝ S
𝐷2 = 𝑆1 𝑇
𝐷2 = 𝑆2 𝑇 Distance covered will be equal to length of train
L
𝐃1 𝐒1 T=
= S
𝐃2 𝐒 2 T = crossing time
2. When train passes a bridge/platform.
Case-III: If speed constant D ∝ T
D1 = ST1
D2 = ST2 distance covered will be equal to length of train
𝐃1 𝐓1 + length of bridge/platform
= LT + LP
𝐃2 𝐓2 T=
S
➢ If A and B starts walking towards each other. T = Crossing time
After meeting each other. A covered his 3. When a train pases another train in opposite
remaining distance in 𝑡1 time and B covered his direction

1. If an object increases/decreases its speed from x
km/hr to y km/hr. to cover a distance in 𝑡2 hours
in place of t1 hours then (Here (𝑡2 – 𝑡1 ) will be
distance covered = 𝐿1 + 𝐿2 given).
𝐿1 + 𝐿2 𝑥𝑦
Distance = (Diff. of 𝑥 and 𝑦) × ( Change in time)
T=
𝑆1 + 𝑆2
or,
4. When a train passes another train in same Product of Speeds
direction. Distance = ( ) × (Change in time)
Diff. in Speeds
2. If an object travels certain distance with the speed
𝐴
of 𝐵 of its original speed and reaches its destination
𝐿1 + 𝐿2 't' hours before or after, then the time taken by object
𝑻= travelling at original speed is
𝑆1 − 𝑆2
5. When a train passes a person sitting in A
Time = × time (in hour)
another moving train ( Diff. of A and B)
3. If a man travels at the speed of 𝑠1 , he reaches his
destination 𝑡1 late while he reaches 𝑡2 before when
he travels at 𝑠2 speed, then the distance between the
L1 two places is
T=
Relative Sneed (𝑠1 × 𝑠2 ) × (𝑡1 + 𝑡2 )
➢ Average speed Distance =
𝑠2 − 𝑠1
1. If a man travels different distances 𝑑1 , 𝑑2 , 𝑑3, ➢ Some important points
..... and so on in different time 𝑡1 , 𝑡2 , 𝑡3 1. Formula to calculate the no. of rounds.
respectively then, Circular Distance = (circumference) × No of
total travelled distance rounds,
Average speed =
total time taken in 𝑫 = 𝟐𝝅𝒓 × 𝒏
𝑑 +𝑑 +𝑑 +⋯
travelling distance = 𝑡1 +𝑡 2+𝑡 3+⋯ 2. If any one overtakes or follows another, then
1 2 3
2. If a man travels different distances 𝑑1 , 𝑑2 , 𝑑3, time taken to catch
..... and so on with different speeds 𝑠1 , 𝑠2 , 𝑠3 , distance between them
=
respectively then, Relative speed
(𝑑1 + 𝑑2 + 𝑑3 + ⋯ ) or, meeting time
Average speed = ( Speed of 1 st traveller ) × time
𝑑1 𝑑2 𝑑3 =
𝑆1 + 𝑠2 + 𝑠3 + ⋯ ( Diff. of speeds )
3. If a distance is divided into n equal parts each Total travelled distance to catch the thief
travelled with different speeds, then, ( Product of speeds ) × time
𝑛 =
Average speed = ( Diff. of speeds )
1 1 1 1 3. Formula to calculate the no. of poles,
(𝑠 + 𝑠 + 𝑠 + 𝑠 )
1 2 3 4 Distance = (n – 1)x
where n number of equal parts 𝑠1 , 𝑠2 , 𝑠3 , .........
where n = No. of poles.
𝑠𝑛 are speeds. x = distance between consecutive two poles.
4. If a bus travels from A to B with the speed of x 1 1
km/h and returns from B to A with the speed of 4. If a man covers 𝑥 part of Journey at u km/h, 𝑦
2𝑥𝑦 1
y km/h, then the average speed will be (𝑥+𝑦) part at v km/h and 𝑧 part at w km/hr and so on,
➢ Speed increase/decrease

then his average speed for the whole journey train to cross another bridge/platform of length
will be 'y' m is
1 𝑙+𝑦
Time taken = ( )t
1 1 1 𝑙+𝑥 1
𝑥u + 𝑦𝑣 + 𝑧𝑤 + ⋯ 10. From stations A and B, two trains start travelling
5. Let 'a' metre long train is travelling with the towards each other at speeds a and b,
speed 'x' m/s and 'b' metre long train is travelling respectively. When they meet each other, it was
with the speed 'y' m/s in the opposite direction found that one train covers distance d more than
on parallel path. Then, time taken by the trains that of another train. The distance between
to cross each other stations A and B is given as
a+b 𝑎+𝑏
=( ) seconds ⇒( )×𝑑
𝑥+𝑦 𝑎−𝑏
6. If a train crosses a standing man/a pole in '𝑡1 ' sec 11. Excluding stoppage, the average speed of a train
time and crosses 'P' meter long platform in '𝑡2 ' is u and with stoppage its average speed is v.
𝑃×𝑡 Then, the stoppage time per hour
sec time, then length of the train = (𝑡 −𝑡1 )
2 1 Diff. between their average speed
7. If two trains of (same lengths) are coming from =
Speed without stoppage
same direction and cross a man in 𝑡1 and 𝑡2 u−v
seconds, then time taken by both the trains to =
u
2× Product of time
cross each other = With 𝑢 > 𝑣 and 𝑢, 𝑣 ≠ 0
Diff. of time
8. If two trains of same length are coming from 12. A train covers a distance between stations A and
opposite directions and cross a man in 𝑡1 B in time 𝑡1 . If the speed is changed by S then
seconds and 𝑡2 seconds then time taken by both the time taken to cover the same distance is 𝑡2 .
2× Product of time Then the distance (D) between A and B is given
trains to cross each other = Sum of time by
9. If a train of length 𝑙 m passes a bridge/ platform t1 t 2 S′
of 'x' m in 𝑡1 sec, then the time taken by the same D = S( ) or ( ′ ) t1 t 2
t1 − t 2 t
Where 't' : change in the time taken

(Both & Stream)
1. Speed of boat in still water = xkm/hr 7. Let the speed of stream be y km/h and speed of
Speed of current/stream = ykm/hr boat be x km/h. A boat travels equal distance (d)
➢ Speed of boat in same direction of stream = upstream as well as downstream in 't' hours, then
downstream = D = x + y d d
+ = t,
➢ Speed of boat in opposite direction of stream = 𝑥+𝑦 𝑥−𝑦
upstream = U = x – y t(𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 )
D+U
d is the fixed distance or, d = 2𝑥
➢ 𝑥 > 𝑦𝑥 = = Speed of boat.
2 8. If a boat travels in downstream and upstream.
D−U then,
𝑦= = Speed of stream.
2 Speed of boat =
Sum of distances
=
𝑑1 +𝑑2
2× time 2× time
D>U Difference of distances 𝑑1 −𝑑2
Speed of stream = = 2× time
2× time
2. Let the speed of boat is x km/h and speed of
stream is y km/h. To travel 𝑑1 km downstream
and 𝑑2 km upstream, the time is 't' hours, then
d1 d2
+ =t
𝑥+𝑦 𝑥−𝑦
3. If the speed of a boat or swimmer in still water
is a km/hr and river is flowing with a speed of b
km/hr. then average speed in going to a certain
place and coming back to starting point is given
(a+b)(a−b)
by = km/hr
a
4. If a man or a boat covers x km distance in 𝑡1
hours along the direction of stream
(downstream) and covers the same distance in 𝑡2
hours against the stream i.e. upstream, then
𝑥 1 1
speed of man/boat = 2 (t + t ) km/hr
1 2
𝑥 1 1
speed of stream = ( − ) km/hr
2 𝑡1 𝑡2
5. If a swimmer takes same time to travel 𝑑1 km
downstream and 𝑑2 km upstream, then,
Speed of swimmer or boat 𝑑1 + 𝑑2
=
Speed of stream 𝑑1 − 𝑑2
6. A swimmer or boat travels a certain distance
upstream in 𝑡1 hours, while it takes 𝑡2 hours to
travel same distance downstream. then,
Speed of swimmer 𝑡1 + 𝑡2
=
Speed of stream 𝑡1 − 𝑡2

(Race)
𝑥 L−d Dis tan ce cov ered by B

➢ Race:- ↔ A beats B by d metres. SB = =
L Total time taken by B
SA + t
Where, 𝑆𝐴 : A’S speed
Time is same
Ex: A gives B a start of 200 m and still beats him
Hence, D ∝ S
by 5 sec in a race of 1 km. Find the speed of B
∴ distance & speed ratio same
it speed of A is 10 m/sec.
DA SA 𝑥
= = 1000 − 200 800
DB SB 𝑥 − d
Speed of B /B = =
Example:- 1000 105
400m race — A give a start of 50m to B and still 10 + 5
beat him by 80m 13
𝐷A 400 40 ⇒7 𝑚/𝑠𝑒𝑐
= = 21
DB 270 27
SA 40 ➢ A and B walk around a circle of circumference
∴ = ‘p’ with speeds SA and SB respectively. If they
SB 27
start simultaneously from the same point, the
➢ If in a race of length L, the time taken by A and
time after which they will be together again for
B be 𝑡𝐴 and 𝑡𝐵 (𝑡𝐵 > 𝑡𝐴 ),then the distance (d) by
the first time
which A beats B given by, P Circumference
𝐿 = =
𝑑 = ( ) (𝑡𝐵 − 𝑡𝐴 ) SA − SH Relative Speed
𝑡𝐵
Ex. A and B walk around a circle of circumference
or, d = B’s speed × (𝑡𝐵 − 𝑡𝐴 )
132 m with speeds 18 m/sec and 7 m/sec
➢ If in a race of length L, A can give B a start of
respectively. If they start simultaneously from
‘b’ and C a start of ‘c’ then the start that B can
the same point, the time after which they will be
give C.
together again for the first time?
𝑐−𝑏
= 𝐿( ) 132 132
𝐿−𝑏 = = 12sec
18 − 7 11
If A gives B a start of distance ‘d’ and still beats him by time
‘t’ in a race of length ‘L’. then B’s speed is

(Calculation & simplification)
➢ Conditions to be a perfect square number

➢ If a no. ends with 2, 3, 7, 8 it can't be a perfect
square
➢ If unit digit is 5 then ten's digit always 2.
➢ No number can be a perfect square unless its
digital root is 1, 4, 7 or 9. Base 𝟐𝟎𝟎 → 2 × 100
➢ Last 2 digit of a perfect square number = last two 2082 = 2(208 + 8) ∣ 82 = 43264
digits from the squares of numbers between (1
to 24). 1942 = 2(194 − 6) ∣ 62 = 37636
➢
3
Base 𝟏𝟓𝟎 → × 100
2
3
∴ n2 → 4𝐾, 4𝐾 + 1 1522 = (152 + 2) ∣ 22 → 23104
67
2 ―
51767 → Not a perfect square (47 , R = 3) 3
1412 = (141 − 9) ∣ 92 → 19881
➢ Find squares 2
➢ Base 100 → ➢ 6142 = 6(614 + 14)|142 → 6 × 628|196 →
――
1022 = 102 + 2 ∣ 22 = 10404 376996
―
1072 = 107 + 7 ∣ 72 = 11449 7932 = 8(793 − 7)|72 → 8 × 786|49
→ 628849
➢ Last 2 digits of 2 →
972 = 97 − 3∣ 32 = 9409
922 = 92 − 8 ∣ 82 = 8464 = 24
∴ 𝑥 2 , (50k ± 𝑥)2 , (100k ± 𝑥)2 → Last 2 digits
same.
1
Base 𝟓𝟎 → × 100 ➢ 𝑥(𝑥 + 𝑎)(𝑥 + 2𝑎)(𝑥 + 3𝑎) + 𝑘 is a perfect
2 square then k = ?
1
592 = (59 + 9) ∣ 92 → 3481
2
1
542 = (54 + 4) ∣ 42 → 2916
2
1
482 = (48 − 2) ∣ 22 → 2304
2 ∴ to make perfect square add (𝑎2 )2 = 𝑎4
1
442 = (44 − 6) ∣ 62 → 1936
2

➢ If I, II, III, IV are in AP with common difference 23 8 → 8
d 33 27 → 7
Then I × II × III × IV + d4 = (I × IV + d2 )2 43 64 → 4
➢ To make perfect square what should add from: 53 125 → 5
1119 × 1126 × 1133 × 1140 63 216 → 6
∴ Gap between these consecutive numbers =  73 343 3
→
∴ 74 = 𝟐𝟒𝟎𝟏 should be added. 83 512 2
→
➢ To make perfect square what should subtract
93 729 → 9
from:
841 × 846 × 851 × 856 + 700 ➢ 3√571787 → UD = 3
―−−
∴ 841 × 846 × 851 × 856 → to make square
→ ignore last 3 digit
54 = 625 should be added
→ smaller than 571 perfect cube number = 512
= 83
3
∴ √571787 = 𝟖𝟑
➢ N2 → odd no. of digits N2 → even no. of digits
C. Unit digit of N Unit digit of N2 odd no.of digits +1 even no. of digits
N→ N→
2 2
N=1, 9 1
➢ N2 → 17 digits
N=2, 8 4 17 + 1
N=3, 7 9 N→ = 9 digits
2
N=4, 6 6 N2 → 24 digits
N=5 5 24
➢ If 3 is repeated n times N→ = 12 digits
2
I → Before 0 (n–1) times 1 ➢ Square Mirrors
II → Before 9 (n–1) times 8 ➢ 142 + 872 = 782 + 412
e.g. → 32 = 09, 33332 = 1111088889 152 + 752 = 572 + 512
332 = 1089 172 + 842 = 482 + 712
3332 = 110889 262 + 972 = 792 + 622
➢ 6 is repeated n times 272 + 962 = 692 + 722
I → Before 3 (n – 1) times 4 ➢ Non-terminating repeating decimal
II → Before 6 (n – 1) times 5
e.g. → 62 = 36
662 = 4356
6662 = 443556
7
6666662 = 444443555556 ➢ 0. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕 … = 0. 7̅ → 9 (no. of bar = no. of 9)
➢ 92 = 81 99992 = 99980001 83
2
99 = 9801 0.838383 … = 0. ̅̅ ̅̅ →
83
99
9992 = 998001 514
➢ 0.514514514 … . = 0. ̅̅̅̅̅
514 →
√9999800001 + √1111088889 − 999
√4444355556 =? 6823 − 68
0.6823232323 … = 0.6823 ̅̅̅̅ →
99999 + 33333 − 66666 = 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟔 9900
n3 UD 6755
→
13 1 → 8 9900
(no. of non bar digit = no. of zero)

5186 4325 − 43 4282
7.518651865186 … = 7 + ̅̅̅̅ → 11 +
11.4325 → 11
9999 9900 9900
86−8 78 13 2141
̅
➢ 0.866666 … . . = 0.86 = 90 = 90 = 15 → 11
531 − 5 526 4950
0.531313131 … = 0.531 ̅̅̅̅ = = 114325 − 1143 113182
990 990 OR =
437 − 43 394 9900 9900
0.43777777 … = 0.437̅ = = B O D M A S
900 900 ➢ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
8169 − 8 8161
̅̅̅̅̅169 … = 0.8169
0.8169 ̅̅̅̅̅ = = Brackets of div. multiply Add subtract
9990 9990 ↓
5816 − 581 5235
7.5816̅ → 7 + →7
9000 9000 small /( )
75816 − 7581 68235
OR = middle/ { }
9000 9000
large / [ ]
of means multiplication.

(Surds & Indices)
➢ Law of Indices 𝑛 1 1
➢ √ √𝑎 = √𝑎𝑚 = 𝑎𝑚𝑛
𝑛 𝑚
➢ 𝑎 × 𝑎 × 𝑎 × … 𝑛 times = 𝑎𝑛
𝑎𝑚 × 𝑎𝑛 × 𝑎𝑝 = 𝑎𝑚+𝑛+𝑝 (𝑎 ≠ 0) n
0
𝑧 mno
𝑎𝑚 𝑦
𝑥
➢ ( √( √( √a)m ) ) = a 𝑥𝑦𝑧
= 𝑎𝑚−𝑛 (𝑚 > 𝑛)
𝑎𝑛
1
= 𝑛−𝑚 (𝑛 > 𝑚) ➢ Find square Root
𝑎 ➢
=1 (𝑚 = 𝑛)
➢ (𝑎m )n = am×n = an×m = (an )m
➢ (𝑎𝑏𝑐)𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛 × 𝑏 𝑛 × 𝑐 𝑛
𝑎 𝑛 𝑎𝑛
➢ (𝑏) = 𝑏𝑛 (𝑏 ≠ 0) = (2 + √3) (a+𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +2𝑎𝑏
➢ (𝑎𝑚 )𝑛 ≠ 𝑎 𝑚
𝑛 ➢
4
(32 )4 ≠ 32
38 ≠ 316
p 1 1 p 1
×p
➢ aq = aq = (aq ) = (ap )q ∴ (5 + √3)
➢ (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 = (𝑏 − 𝑎)2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏
➢ If 𝑎𝑚 = 𝑎𝑛 then m = n
If 𝑎𝑚 = 𝑏 𝑚 then a = b
➢ a° = 1
1 ➢
➢ a−1 = a (a ≠ 0)
1 1
➢ 𝑎−𝑛 = 𝑎𝑛 & 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑎−𝑛
a m b −m
➢ (b) = (a)
➢
➢ (−1)n = +1(n = even)
= −1(n = odd)
➢ Laws of Surds
1
𝑛
➢ √𝑎 = 𝑎 𝑛 ➢ 𝑥 = 5 + 2√6
1 1 1
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛
➢ √𝑎𝑏 = √𝑎 × √𝑏 = 𝑎 × 𝑏 = (𝑎𝑏) 𝑛 𝑛 𝑛 1 1 1
= 5+2√6 → 5+2√6 × 5−2√6 → 52−(2√6)2
5−2√6 5−2√6
𝑛
1 𝑥
𝑛 𝑎 √𝑎 𝑎 𝑛
➢ √𝑏 = 𝑛 = (𝑏 )
√𝑏
➢
➢
𝑚
𝑛 𝑛
➢ ( √𝑎 )𝑚 = 𝑎 𝑛 = √ 𝑎 𝑚
𝑛
𝑛
➢ ( √𝑎 )𝑛 = 𝑎 𝑛 = 𝑎

1 5√3−4√2
𝑥 = 5√3 + 4√2 → 𝑥 = 4𝑎 + 1 − 1
➢
43 √𝑎 − √𝑎 − √𝑎 − ⋯ ∞ = √ =𝑦
↓ ↓ 2
𝟕𝟓 𝟑𝟐 𝑥−𝑦 =1
➢ (a+b+c)2 = 𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 +2𝑎𝑏+2𝑏𝑐+2𝑐𝑎
𝑥𝑦 = 𝐚
(𝑎-𝑏+𝑐)2 = 𝑎2+𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 -2𝑎𝑏-2𝑏𝑐+2𝑐𝑎
OR Take two factors of a whose difference is 1
(a+b-c)2 = 𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 +2𝑎𝑏-2𝑏𝑐-2𝑐𝑎
like
➢ (𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 1) = 𝑥 2 − 1
⇒ 1 + (𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 1) = 𝑥 2
⇒ √1 + (𝑥 − 1)(𝑥 + 1) = 𝑥
Then x = Larger factor
➢ Componendo & dividendo
𝑎 𝑐 y = small factor
➢ =𝑑
𝑏 𝑥 + 𝑦 = √4𝑎 + 1
Apply C & D (Add and subtract den. in number)
𝑏 √4𝑎+𝑏 2 +𝑏
𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑 ➢ 𝑥 = √𝑎 + √𝑎 + √𝑎 + ⋯ ∞ =
𝑏
= 2
𝑎−𝑏 𝑐−𝑑
Apply again 𝑏 √4𝑎 + 𝑏 2 − b
𝑦 = √a − √a − √a − ⋯ ∞ =
𝑏
𝑎 + 𝑏 + (𝑎 − 𝑏) 𝑐 + 𝑑 + (𝑐 − 𝑑) 2
=
𝑎 + 𝑏 − (𝑎 − 𝑏) 𝑐 + 𝑑 − (𝑐 − 𝑑) 𝑥−𝑦 =b
2𝑎 2𝑐
= 𝑥𝑦 = a
2𝑏 2𝑑
a c 𝑥 + 𝑦 = √4𝑎 + 𝑏 2
= ⇒
b d √4𝑎−3+1
If we apply C & D two times on a fract ion, same ➢ 𝑥 = √a + √a − √a + ⋯ ∞ = 2
fraction is achieved.
√4𝑎 − 3 − 1
➢
√𝑥+√𝑦
+
√𝑥−√𝑦
=
2(𝑥+𝑦)
𝑦 = √𝑎 − √𝑎 + √𝑎 − ⋯ ∞ =
√𝑥−√𝑦 √𝑥+√𝑦 (𝑥−𝑦) 2
√𝑥 + √𝑦 √𝑥 − √𝑦 +4√𝑥𝑦 𝑥−𝑦 =1 𝑥𝑦 = 2(𝑎 − 1)
− =
√𝑥 − √𝑦 √𝑥 + √𝑦 𝑥−𝑦 𝑏 √4𝑎−3𝑏 2 +𝑏
➢ √𝑎 + √𝑎 − √𝑎 + ⋯ ∞ =
𝑏
(√𝑥 + √𝑦)2 − (√𝑥 − √𝑦)2 = 4√𝑥𝑦 2
𝑏 √4𝑎 − 3𝑏 2 − 𝑏
√𝑎 − √𝑎 + 𝑏√𝑎 − ⋯ ∞ =
➢ √𝑎√𝑎√𝑎√𝑎 … … ∞ = 𝑎 2
1 𝑛 −1
√𝑎√𝑎√𝑎 … 𝑛 nimes = 𝑎1−2𝑛 = 𝑎22 3 4
∴ (√2)12 , ( √3)12 , ( √5)12
→ 26 , 34 , 53 ∴ 4√5 > 3√3 > √2
3 𝑛
√𝑎 3√𝑎 3√𝑎 … ∞ = √𝑎 √𝑎 𝑛√𝑎 𝑛√𝑎 … ∞ = 𝑛−1 ↓ ↓ ↓
√𝑎
64 81 125
➢ If 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 12 (constant)
√𝑎 ÷ √𝑎 ÷ √𝑎 … ∞ = 3√𝑎 (𝑥𝑦)𝑚𝑎𝑥 =diff. of x & y should be min.= 6×6=36
(𝑥𝑦)𝑚𝑖𝑛 =diff. of x & y should be max. = 1×11 = 11
√4𝑎+1+1 ➢ 𝑎>𝑏>𝑐
➢ √𝑎 + √𝑎 + √𝑎 + ⋯ ∞ = =𝑥
2 1 1 1
< <
a 𝑏 c
➢ a × b = 16 (constant)

∴ (𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑚𝑖𝑛 =4+4=81 × 16→16+1=17 ∴ 3 < √13 < 4
(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 )𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 42 + 42 = 32 13 − 9 4 4
∗ a × b × c = 125 (constant) for 𝑚𝑖𝑛a = b 3+ ⇒ 3 + ⇒ 3 ⇒ 𝟑. 𝟓𝟕
16 − 9 7 7
=c=5
2 2 2
(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 )𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 25 + 25 + 25 = 75
➢ Approx Root Value
➢ √121 = 11 √1234321 = 1111
√12321 = 111√1234567654321 = 1111111
➢ ➢ If I, II, III, IV are in AP with common diff. d
then I×II×III×IV + d4 = (I×IV + d2)2

(Algebra)
➢ Square Formulae 16. (𝑎 + 𝑏)3 + (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 = 2𝑎3 + 6𝑎𝑏 2 =

1. 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏) 2𝑎(𝑎2 + 3𝑏 2 )
2. (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 2𝑎𝑏 ➢ Componendo & Dividendo Rule
3. (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏 𝑎 𝑐 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐+𝑑
(a+b)2 −(a2 +b2 )
If = ⇒ =
4. ab = 𝑏 𝑑 𝑎−𝑏 𝑐−𝑑
2 𝑥 + 𝑦 a 2𝑥 a + b 𝑥 a + b
5. 2(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 ) = (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 + (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 If = ⇒ = ⇒ =
𝑥 − 𝑦 b 2𝑦 a − b 𝑦 a − b
6. 4𝑎𝑏 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 − (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 ➢ How to find Conjugate
7. (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 + 4𝑎𝑏 Square difference 1 conjugate sign change
8. (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 − 4𝑎𝑏 difference 1 square difference divide
9. 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)2 − 2𝑎𝑏 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 + 2𝑎𝑏 1
➢ If 𝑥 = 15 + 4√14 then 𝑥 = ?
10. (𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 )2 = 𝑎4 + 𝑏 4 − 2𝑎2 𝑏 2 2
11. 𝑎4 + 𝑏 4 = (𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 )2 − 2𝑎2 𝑏 2 (15)2 = 225 (4√14 ) = 224
12. 𝑎4 + 𝑏 4 = (𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 )2 + 2𝑎2 𝑏 2 1
∴ 𝑥 = 15 − 4√14 (square diff. 1 sign change)
13. (a𝑥 + b𝑦)2 + (a𝑦 − b𝑥)2 = (a2 + b2 )(𝑥 2 + 1
𝑦2) ➢ If 𝑥 > 𝑥
𝑎+𝑏 𝑎−𝑏 2(𝑎2 +𝑏 2 ) 1
14. 𝑎−𝑏 + 𝑎+𝑏 = Then 𝑥 + = 2 × Bigger no. = 2 × 15 = 30
(𝑎2 −𝑏2 )
𝑎+𝑏 𝑎−𝑏 4𝑎𝑏
𝑥
15. 𝑎−𝑏 − 𝑎+𝑏 = 𝑎2 −𝑏2 1
𝑥− = 2 × smaller no. = 2 × 4√14
➢ Cube Formulae 𝑥
1. (𝑎 + 𝑏)3 = 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 3𝑎2 𝑏 + 3𝑎𝑏 2 = 8√14
2. (𝑎 + 𝑏)3 = 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 3𝑎𝑏(𝑎 + 𝑏) 1 1
3. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)3 − 3𝑎𝑏(𝑎 + 𝑏) If 𝑥 < then 𝑥 + = 2 × Big number
𝑥 𝑥
4. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)[(𝑎 + 𝑏)2 − 3𝑎𝑏]
1
5. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 𝑎𝑏) 𝑥− = −2 × small number
𝑎3 +𝑏 3 𝑥
6. 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 𝑎𝑏 = 𝑎+𝑏
𝑎3 +𝑏 3
➢ Power 2 Formulae
7. 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 𝑎2+𝑏2−𝑎𝑏 1 1
1. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = k ⇒ 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 = k 2 − 2
8. (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 = 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 − 3𝑎2 𝑏 + 3𝑎𝑏 2 1
9. (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 = 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 − 3𝑎𝑏(𝑎 − 𝑏) If 𝑥 + = k
𝑥
10. 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 + 3𝑎𝑏(𝑎 − 𝑏) Then 𝑥(𝑥 − k) = −1 (Important)
11. 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑎𝑏) or 𝑥(𝑥 − k) + 1 = 0
12. 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 − 𝑏)[(𝑎 − 𝑏)2 + 3𝑎𝑏] or 𝑥 2 − k𝑥 + 1 = 0
𝑎3 −𝑏 3 1 1
13. 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑎𝑏 = 2. If 𝑥 − 𝑥 = k ⇒ 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 = k 2 + 2
𝑎−𝑏
𝑎3 −𝑏 3 Then
14. 𝑎 − 𝑏 = 𝑎2+𝑏2+𝑎𝑏
1
15. (𝑎 + 𝑏)3 − (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 = 2𝑏 3 + 6𝑎2 𝑏 = 𝑥−k=
𝑥
2𝑏(𝑏 2 + 3𝑎2 ) 𝑥(𝑥 − k) = 1 (important)
𝑥 2 − k𝑥 − 1 = 0

1 1 1
3. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = ±√2 then 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 = 0 4. If 𝑥 − 𝑥 = √𝑡
𝑥4 + 1 = 0 1
𝑥 3 − 3 = (𝐭 + 𝟑)√𝐭
Power difference 4 results in zero 𝑥
1 1
∴ 𝑥4 + 𝑥0 = 0 5. If √𝑥 + 𝑥 = 𝑎, then 𝑥√𝑥 + 𝑥 𝑥 = 𝑎3 − 3𝑎
1 √ √
4. 𝑥 + 𝑥 = k 1
6. If √𝑥 − 𝑥 = a, then 𝑥√𝑥 − 𝑥 𝑥 = a3 + 3a
1
2 √ √
1 1
(√𝑥 + ) =𝑥+ +2= k+2 7. If
𝑎−𝑏 𝑎
= 𝑘 or √𝑏 − √𝑎 = 𝑘,
𝑏
√𝑥 𝑥 √𝑎𝑏
1 3 3
√𝑥 + = ±√k + 2 𝑎 2 𝑏 2
√𝑥 then ( ) − ( ) = 𝑘 3 + 3𝑘
1 𝑏 𝑎
5. 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 = k
𝑎+𝑏 𝑎 𝑏
1 2 1 8. If = 𝑘 or √𝑏 + √𝑎 = 𝑘
√𝑎𝑏
(𝑥 + ) = 𝑥 2 + 2 + 2 = k + 2 3
𝑥 𝑥 3
1 𝑎 2 𝑏 2
(𝑥 + ) = ±√k + 2 then ( ) + ( ) = 𝑘 3 − 3𝑘
𝑥 𝑏 𝑎
1 1
2 1
6. 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 = k 9. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = ±√3, then 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 3 = 0
1 2 1 1 2
(𝑥 − ) = 𝑥 2 + 2 − 2 = k − 2 (𝑥 + ) = 3
𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
1 𝑥6 + 1 = 0
(𝑥 − ) = ±√k − 2 𝑥 6 = −1
𝑥
➢ Same Power Formulae 10. (𝑎5 − 𝑏 5 ) = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑎4 + 𝑎3 𝑏 + 𝑎2 𝑏 2 +
1 1
➢ If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = k, then 𝑥 − 𝑥 = ±√k 2 − 4 𝑎𝑏 3 + 𝑏 4 )
1 1 (𝑎5 + 𝑏 5 ) = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎4 − 𝑎3 𝑏 + 𝑎2 𝑏 2 − 𝑎𝑏 3
➢ If 𝑥 − = k, then 𝑥 + = ±√k 2 + 4 + 𝑏4)
𝑥 𝑥
A+B A−B
➢ If = a, then = ±√a2 − 4 ➢ Higher Power Formulae
√AB √AB 1 1 1 1
𝐴 𝐵 𝐴 𝐵 1. 𝑥 4 − 𝑥 4 = (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 ) (𝑥 + 𝑥) (𝑥 − 𝑥)
➢ If √𝐵 + √𝐴 = 𝑎, then √𝐵 − √𝐴 = √𝑎2 − 4 1 1 1 1
2. 𝑥 5 + 𝑥 5 = (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2) (𝑥 3 + 𝑥 3) − (𝑥 + 𝑥)
➢ Power 3 Formulae 1 1 1 1
1 1 3. (𝑥 5 − 𝑥 5 ) = (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 ) (𝑥 3 − 𝑥 3 ) − (𝑥 − 𝑥)
1. If 𝑥 − 𝑥 = k, then 𝑥 3 − 𝑥 3 = k 3 + 3k
1 1 1 1
1
2. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = k then 𝑥 3 + 𝑥 3 = k 3 − 3k
1 4. 𝑥 7 + 𝑥 7 = (𝑥 4 + 𝑥 4 ) (𝑥 3 + 𝑥 3 ) − (𝑥 + 𝑥)
1 1 1 1
𝑥+ =
1
𝑥
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 5. 𝑥 7 − 𝑥 7 = (𝑥 4 + 𝑥 4 ) (𝑥 3 − 𝑥 3 ) + (𝑥 − 𝑥)
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ 1 1 1 1
𝑥3 +
1
= 2, 18 52 110 198 322 488 702 970
6. 𝑥 8 − 𝑥 8 = (𝑥 4 + 𝑥 4 ) (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 2 ) (𝑥 + 𝑥)
𝑥3
1
(𝑥 − )
𝑥−
1
= 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10
𝑥
𝑥 𝟏
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓
➢ Formulae based on 𝒙 + 𝒙
1 1
𝑥3 − 3
𝑥
= 14,36 76 140 234 364 536 756 1030 1. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = 2, then 𝑥 = 1
1 1
3. 𝑥 + 𝑥 = √t 2. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = −2, then 𝑥 = −1
1 1
3. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = 1, then 𝑥 3 = −1
𝑥 3 + 3 = (√𝑡)3 − 3√𝑡 = 𝑡√𝑡 − 3√𝑡
𝑥 1
= (𝑡 − 3)√𝑡 ➢ If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = 1 then 𝑥 2 − 𝑥 + 1 = 0

𝑥2 − 𝑥 + 1 = 0 (𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )2 − (√2𝑥𝑦)2 = 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4
(𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 2 − 𝑥 + 1) = 0(𝑥 + 1) (𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + √2𝑥𝑦)(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − √2𝑥𝑦)
𝑥3 + 1 = 0 = 𝑥4 + 𝑦4
𝑥 3 + 𝑥 0 = 0 power difference 3 results in zero ➢ Concept of Root Value
𝑥 3 = −1 ➢ (𝑥)2 = (−𝑥)2 = 𝑥 2
1
4. If 𝑥 + 𝑥 = −1 or 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1 = 0
Then 𝑥 3 = 1
or 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1 = 0
➢ Relation between Power 2 and Power 4 (7)2 = 49
1. (𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )2 = 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4 + 2𝑥 2 𝑦 2 √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏
(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )2 − 𝑥 2 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4 + 𝑥 2 𝑦 2
(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )2 − (𝑥𝑦)2 = 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4 + 𝑥 2 𝑦 2
(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑥𝑦)(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 𝑥𝑦) (a − b) (b − a)
= 𝑥4 + 𝑦4 + 𝑥2𝑦2 ↓ ↓
2. 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑥𝑦 = A and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 𝑥𝑦 = B if a > b if b > a
A+B A−B ➢ Concept of Degree
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = , 𝑥𝑦 = 3𝑥 3 − 7𝑥 2 𝑦 + 8𝑧𝑥 2 → Degree = 3 (highest
2 2
➢ If 𝑥 4 + 𝑥 2 𝑦 2 + 𝑦 4 = 189, 𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 21 powers)
189 8𝑥 + 7 → Degree = 1
(i) 𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 = 21 = 𝟗
21+9 25𝑥 2 − 10𝑥 3 + 19𝑧 26 𝑥 1 + 48𝑤 1
(ii) 𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = = 𝟏𝟓
2 Degree = 27
21−9
(iii) 𝑥𝑦 = =𝟔 Multiply power add
2
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 21+9 𝟓 Divide power subtract
(iv) +𝑥 = = 21−9 = 𝟐
𝑦 𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑦 → Degree = 2
𝑥2 𝑦2 5 2 17 𝑥8
(v) + 𝑥 2 = (2) − 2 = → Degree = 8 − 3 = 5
𝑦2 4
𝑦3
(vi) 𝑥 + 𝑦 =?
➢ Symmetric Function
𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑥𝑦 = 21 + 6
➢ Degree of each term is same on both sides.
(𝑥 + 𝑦)2 = 27 ∴ 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝟑√𝟑 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐, 𝑎2 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑏 2 𝑐𝑎 + 𝑐 2 𝑎𝑏
1 1
(vii) 𝑦 − 𝑥 =? 𝑎3 +𝑏3
= 𝑎2 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 → Both side degree is 2
𝑎+𝑏
𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦 2 − 𝑥𝑦 = 9 − 6 = 3 𝑎3 (𝑏 2 −𝑐 2 )+𝑏 3 (𝑐 2 −𝑎2 )+𝑐 3 (𝑎2 −𝑏 2 )
(𝑥 − 𝑦)2 = 3 ➢ = 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎
𝑎2 (𝑏−𝑐)+𝑏 2 (𝑐−𝑎)+𝑐 2 (𝑎−𝑏)
3
𝑎 ×(𝑏+𝑐) 𝑏 3 ×(𝑐+𝑎) 𝑐 3 ×(𝑎+𝑏)
(𝑥 − 𝑦) = √3 ➢ + (𝑏−𝑐)(𝑏−𝑎) + (𝑐−𝑎)(𝑐−𝑏)
(𝑎−𝑏)(𝑎−𝑐)
1 1 𝑥 − 𝑦 √3 1
∴ − = = = = 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥𝑦 6 2√3 𝑎×(𝑏−𝑐)2 𝑏×(𝑐−𝑎)2 𝑐×(𝑎−𝑏)2
𝑥 6 −𝑦 6 (𝑥 2 )3 −(𝑦 2 )3 (𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 )(𝑥 4 +𝑦 4 +𝑥 2 𝑦 2 )
➢ + (𝑎−𝑏)(𝑏−𝑐) + (𝑏−𝑐)(𝑐−𝑎)
(𝑐−𝑎)(𝑎−𝑏)
3. = =
𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 (𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 ) =𝑎+𝑏+𝑐
4 4 2 2
=𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑧 𝑥 m +𝑦 m +𝑧 m +wm
➢ If = w then =
4. 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑎𝑏 = (𝑎 + 𝑏 + √𝑎𝑏)(𝑎 + 𝑏 − √𝑎𝑏) 𝑦 𝑥 −m +𝑦 −m +𝑧 −m +w−m
5. 𝑥 4 + 𝑥 2 + 1 = (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1)(𝑥 2 − 𝑥 + 1) (𝑥𝑦𝑧w)m/2
1 1
6. (𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )2 = 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4 + 2𝑥 2 𝑦 2 ➢ If 𝑥 = a + a and 𝑦 = a − a then
(𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 )2 − 2𝑥 2 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4 √𝑥 4 + 𝑦 4 − 2𝑥 2 𝑦 2 = 4

𝑧
➢ If 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 2𝑧, then the value of = 𝑥−𝑧 + ➢ If [√(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑎𝑏) + √(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 𝑎𝑏)] =
𝑦 1,
=0
𝑦−𝑧
𝑥 𝑦
3
➢ If 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 2𝑧, then + 𝑦−𝑧 = 2 then (1 − 𝑎2 ) (1 − 𝑏 2 ) =
𝑥−𝑧 4
➢ If a + b + c = 0, then following results follows ➢ If (𝑥 + √1 + 𝑥 )(𝑦 + √1 + 𝑦 2 ) = 1, where x
2
1 1 1
1. Then (𝑎+𝑏)(𝑏+𝑐) + (𝑎+𝑐)(𝑏+𝑎) + (𝑐+𝑎)(𝑐+𝑏) = 0 and y are real numbers, then (𝑥 + 𝑦)2 = 0
𝑥4 𝑦4
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 ➢ + (𝑦 2−𝑥 2)(𝑦 2 −𝑧 2)
2. Then + 𝑏2−𝑐𝑎 + 𝑐 2 −𝑎𝑏 = 2 (𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 )(𝑥 2 −𝑧 2 )
𝑎2 −𝑏𝑐
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 𝑧4
3. Then + 2𝑏2+𝑐𝑎 + 2𝑐 2 +𝑎𝑏 = 1 + =1
2𝑎2 +𝑏𝑐 (𝑧 2 − 𝑥 2 )(𝑧 2 − 𝑦 2 )
𝑎2 +𝑏2 +𝑐 2 1
4. Then =3 ➢ If 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 𝑎𝑏𝑐, then
(𝑎−𝑏)2 +(𝑏−𝑐)2 +(𝑐−𝑎)2
1 1 1 (1−𝑎2 )(1−𝑏 2 ) (1−𝑏 2 )(1−𝑐 2 ) (1−𝑐 2 )(1−𝑎2 )
5. Then + 𝑏2+𝑐 2−𝑎2 + 𝑐 2 +𝑎2−𝑏2 = 0 + + =4
𝑎2 +𝑏 2 −𝑐 2 𝑎𝑏 𝑏𝑐 𝑐𝑎
2(𝑎4 +𝑏 4 +𝑐 4 ) ➢ If 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎 + 𝑎𝑏 = 𝑎𝑏𝑐, then
6. Then =4 𝑏+𝑐 𝑐+𝑎 𝑎+𝑏
(𝑎2 𝑏 2 +𝑏 2 𝑐 2 +𝑐 2 𝑎2 )
𝑎+𝑏 𝑏+𝑐 + + =1
7. Then (𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 𝑐 2 ) + (𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 𝑏𝑐(𝑎 − 1) 𝑐𝑎(𝑏 − 1) 𝑎𝑏(𝑐 − 1)
𝑎𝑏 𝑏𝑐
𝑐+𝑎 ➢ If 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦𝑧 + 𝑥𝑧 = 1,
𝑎2 ) + 𝑐𝑎 𝑥+𝑦 𝑦+𝑧 𝑧+𝑥
(𝑐 + 𝑎 − 𝑏 2 ) = 0
2 2 then ( + + )
1 − 𝑥𝑦 1 − 𝑦𝑧 1 − 𝑥𝑧
2𝑎2 2𝑏 2 2𝑐 2
8. Then + (𝑎2 +𝑐 2−𝑏2) + (𝑎2 +𝑏2−𝑐 2) = 1
(𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 −𝑎2 ) =
−3 𝑥𝑦𝑧
𝑎−𝑏 𝑏−𝑐 𝑐−𝑎
➢ Some other results ➢ If 𝑥 = 𝑎+𝑏 , 𝑦 = 𝑏+𝑐 , 𝑧 = 𝑐+𝑎 ,
(1 − 𝑥)(1 − 𝑦)(1 − 𝑧)
⇒ (𝑥 2 + a𝑥 + b𝑥 + ab) = (𝑥 + a)(𝑥 + b) then =1
(1 + 𝑥)(1 + 𝑦)(1 + 𝑧)
⇒ 1 ± 𝐴 + 𝐵 + 𝐴𝐵 = (1 + 𝐴)(1 + 𝐵) ➢ If 𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 = z+1, 𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 = 𝑥+1, 𝑧2 +𝑥 2 = 𝑦+1,
1
⇒ (1 + 𝑎)(1 + 𝑏)(1 + 𝑐) then 𝑥𝑦𝑧 = 1 or − 8
= 1 + 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 + 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎 ➢ 𝑎𝑏(𝑎 − 𝑏) + 𝑏𝑐(𝑏 − 𝑐) + 𝑐𝑎(𝑐 − 𝑎)
+ 𝑎𝑏𝑐 = (𝑏 − 𝑎)(𝑏 − 𝑐)(𝑐 − 𝑎)
➢ (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎) − 𝑎𝑏𝑐
1 1 1
⇒ If 𝑥𝑦 = 1 or 𝑥 = then 𝑛
+ =1 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑐 + 𝑎)
𝑦 1+𝑥 1 + 𝑦𝑛
➢ (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎)
➢ If 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 2𝑠, then = 𝑎2 𝑏 + 𝑏 2 𝑎 + 𝑏 2 𝑐 + 𝑏𝑐 2 + 𝑎2 𝑐 + 𝑎2 𝑐
(𝑠−𝑎)2 +(𝑠−𝑏)2 +(𝑠−𝑐)2 +𝑠2 +3𝑎𝑏𝑐
=1
𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 ➢ (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎) − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐
➢ If 𝑥𝑦 + 𝑦𝑧 + 𝑧𝑥 = 0, = 𝑎2 (𝑏 + 𝑐) + 𝑏 2 (𝑐 + 𝑎) + 𝑐 2 (𝑎 + 𝑏)
1 1 1 1 1 1
then ( 2 + 2 + 2 ) ➢ If 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 𝑐 + 𝑎 (where a≠b≠c) then
𝑥 − 𝑦𝑧 𝑦 − 𝑧𝑥 𝑧 − 𝑥𝑦
= 0(𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 ≠ 0) abc is equal to = ± 1
➢ If 𝑝𝑞 + 𝑞𝑟 + 𝑟𝑝 = 0, ➢ 3 Variable Formulae
𝑝2 𝑞2 𝑟2 1. If 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2 = 0, then 𝑥 = 0, 𝑦 = 0, 𝑧 = 0
then ( 2 + + ) 2. (𝑎+b+𝑐)2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 + 2(𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎)
𝑝 − 𝑞𝑟 𝑞 2 − 𝑟𝑝 𝑟 2 − 𝑝𝑞
a2 + b2 + c 2 = (a+b+c)2 − 2(ab + bc + ca)
=1
(𝑎+𝑏+𝑐)2 −(𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 )
𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎 = 2

1
(𝑎 − 𝑏 + 𝑐)2 = 𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 − 2𝑎𝑏 − 2𝑏𝑐+2𝑐𝑎 8. a3 + b3 + c 3 − 3abc = 2 (a + b + c)[(a − b)2
(𝑎+𝑏 − 𝑐)2 = 𝑎2 +𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 +2𝑎𝑏 − 2𝑏𝑐 − 2𝑐𝑎 +(b − c)2 + (c − a)2 ]
3. 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑐𝑎 If 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 = 0
1
= [(𝑎 − 𝑏)2 + (𝑏 − 𝑐)2 + (𝑐 − 𝑎)2 ] ORa3 + b3 + c 3 = 3abc
2
↓
1
[2a2 + 2b2 + 2c 2 − 2ab − 2bc − 2ca]
2
1 𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 =0 𝑎=𝑏=𝑐
[𝑎2 +𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏+𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 − 2𝑏𝑐+𝑎2 +𝑐 2 − 2𝑐𝑎]
2 ➢ If a, b, c are distinct integers & 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 =
1
[(a − b)2 + (b − c)2 + (c − a)2 ] 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 then 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 0
2
4. ➢ If a, b, c are +ve integers & 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 = 3abc
then a = b = c
➢ If a, b, c are in A.P. then
𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑐𝑎 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 = 9𝑏𝑑 2
1 9. (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)3 = 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 + 3(𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑏 +
= [𝑑 2 + 𝑑 2 + (2𝑑)2 ] = 3𝑑 2 𝑐)(𝑐 + 𝑎) (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)3
2
5. If 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑐𝑎 = 0} ⇒ 𝐚 = = 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 + 3[𝑎2 (𝑏 + 𝑐) + 𝑏 2 (𝑐 + 𝑎)
OR 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 = 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎 + 𝑐 2 (𝑎 + 𝑏)] + 2𝑎𝑏𝑐
𝐛=𝐜 (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)3 − 𝑎3 − 𝑏 3 − 𝑐 3
6. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 = 3(𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑐 + 𝑎)
= (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)(𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 − 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑐𝑎) 1 1 1
1
10. If 𝑥 + 𝑦 = a, 𝑦 + 𝑧 = b, 𝑧 + 𝑥 = c
= 2 (a + b + c)[(a − b)2+(b − c)2+(c − a)2 ]
1
𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 then 𝑥𝑦𝑧 + = 𝑎𝑏𝑐 − (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)
= 𝑥𝑦𝑧
2 2
(𝑎 − 𝑏) + (𝑏 − 𝑐) + (𝑐 − 𝑎) 2 2 1 1 1
3 3 3
11. If 𝑥 − 𝑦 = a, 𝑦 − 𝑧 = b, 𝑧 − 𝑥 = c
a + b + c − 3abc = (a + b + c)
1
[(a + b + c)2 − 3(ab + bc + ca)] then 𝑥𝑦𝑧 − = 𝑎𝑏𝑐 + (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)
a3 + b3 + c 3 − 3abc 𝑥𝑦𝑧
1 12. If a + b + c = 𝑥
= 2 (a + b + c)[3(a2+b2 +c 2 ) − (a + b + c)2 ]
1 1 1
7. 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 = (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)[(𝑎 + 𝑏 + and + + = 𝑦
a 𝑏 𝑐
𝑐)2 − 3(𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎)] a b c a b c
If 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 = 0 then 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐 Then + + + + + = 𝑥𝑦 − 3
b a a c c b
=0
OR 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 3 = 3𝑎𝑏𝑐
3 3

(Theory of Equations)
➢ Polynomial Solution of Quadratic Equation

➢ An algebraic expression of the form a0 +
1. Factorisation Method
a1 𝑥 + a2 𝑥 2 + ⋯ + an 𝑥 n , where n ∈ N, is
Let 𝑎𝑥 2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐 = 𝑎(𝑥 − 𝛼)(𝑥 − 𝛽) = 0.
called a polynomial. It is generally denoted by
Then, x= α and x = β will satisfy the given
p(x), q(x), f(x), g(x) etc.
equation.
➢ Real Polynomial
2. Direct Formula
Let 𝑎0 , 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , … , 𝑎𝑛 be real numbers and x is a
Quadratic equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0(𝑎 ≠ 0)
real variable, then, 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑎0 + 𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑎2 𝑥 2 +
has two roots, given by
⋯ + 𝑎𝑛 𝑥 is called a real polynomial of real
variable x with real coefficients. −𝑏 + √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝛼= ,
➢ Degree of a Polynomial 2𝑎
➢ A Polynomial f(𝑥)=a0 + a1 𝑥 + a2 𝑥 2 + −𝑏 − √𝑏 2 − 4𝑎𝑐
𝛽=
a3 𝑥 3 + ⋯ + an 𝑥 n , real or complex is a 2𝑎
polynomial of degree n, if 𝑎𝑛 ≠ 0. −𝑏 + √𝐷 −𝑏 − √𝐷
or 𝛼 = ,𝛽 =
➢ Some Important Deduction 2𝑎 2𝑎
(i) Linear Polynomial A polynomial of degree where, D = Δ = b2 − 4ac is called
one is known as linear polynomial. discriminate of the equation.
(ii) Quadratic Polynomial A polynomial of Above formulas also known as
second degree is known as quadratic Sridharacharya formula.
polynomial. ➢ Nature of Roots
(iii)Cubic Polynomial A polynomial of degree (i) Let quadratic equation be 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0,
three is known as cubic polynomial. whose discriminate is D.
(iv) Biquadratic Polynomial A polynomial of
degree four is known as biquadratic
polynomial.
Polynomial Equation
If f(x) is a polynomial, real or complex, then
f(x)=0 is called a polynomial equation.
➢ Quadratic Equation (ii) Conjugate Roots The irrational (complex)
➢ A quadratic polynomial f(x) when equated to roots of a quadratic equation, whose
zero is called quadratic equation. coefficients are rational (real) always occur in
i.e. 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 where 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 ∈ 𝑅 and conjugate pairs. Thus,
𝑎 ≠ 0. (a) If one root be 𝛼 + 𝑖𝛽, then other root will be
𝛼 − 𝑖𝛽
Roots of a Quadratic Equation (b) If one root be 𝛼 + √𝛽, then other root will be
The values of variable x which satisfy the 𝛼 − √𝛽.
quadratic equation is called roots of quadratic ➢ Relation between Roots and Coefficients
equation. 1. Quadratic Equation

If roots of quadratic equation 𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = d
or S3 = 𝛼𝛽(𝛾 + 𝛿) + 𝛾𝛿(𝛼 + 𝛽) = −
0(𝑎 ≠ 0) are α and β, then a
−b e e
Sum of roots = S = 𝛼 + 𝛽 = and S4 = 𝛼 ⋅ 𝛽 ⋅ 𝛾 ⋅ 𝛿 = (−1)4 =
a a a
coefficient of 𝑥 ➢ Formation of Polynomial Equation from

=− Given Roots
coefficient of 𝑥 2
➢ If 𝛼1 , 𝛼2 , 𝛼3 , … , 𝑎𝑛 are the roots of an nth
Product of roots degree equation, then the equation 𝑥 n −
c constant term S1 𝑥 n−1+S2 𝑥 n−2 − S3 𝑥 n−3 +…+(−1)n Sn = 0,
=P= 𝛼⋅𝛽 = = where 𝑆𝑛 denotes the sum of the products of
a coefficient of 𝑥 2
roots taken n at a time.
√D 1. Quadratic Equation
Also, |𝛼 − 𝛽| =
|a| If α and β are the roots of a quadratic equation,
2. Cubic Equation then the equation is 𝑥 2 − S1 𝑥 + S2 = 0, where
𝑆1 = sum of roots and 𝑆2 = product of roots
If α, β and γ are the roots of cubic equation 2. Cubic Equation
𝑎𝑥 3 + 𝑏𝑥 2 + 𝑐𝑥 + 𝑑 = 0. If 𝛼, 𝛽 and γ are the roots of cubic equation,
𝑏 then the equation is
Then, Σ𝛼 = 𝛼 + 𝛽 + 𝛾 = − 𝑥 3 − S1 𝑥 2 + S2 𝑥 − S3 = 0
𝑎
i.e. 𝑥 3 − (𝛼+β+𝛾)𝑥 2 +(αβ+βγ+γα)𝑥 − 𝛼𝛽𝛾=0
c
∑𝛼𝛽 = 𝛼𝛽 + 𝛽𝛾 + 𝛾𝛼 = 3. Biquadratic Equation
a If 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 and 𝛿 are the roots of a biquadratic
𝑑 equation, then the equation is
𝛼𝛽𝛾 = −
𝑎 𝑥 4 − S1 𝑥 3 + S2 𝑥 2 − S3 𝑥 + S4 = 0
i.e. 𝑥 4 − (𝛼 + 𝛽 + 𝛾 + 𝛿)𝑥 3
3. Biquadratic Equation
+(𝛼𝛽 + 𝛽𝛾 + 𝛾𝛿 + 𝛼𝛿 + 𝛽𝛿 + 𝛼𝛾)𝑥 2
If 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 and 𝛿 are the roots of the biquadratic −(𝛼𝛽𝛾 + 𝛼𝛽𝛿 + 𝛽𝛾𝛿 + 𝛾𝛿𝛼)𝑥 + 𝛼𝛽𝛾𝛿 = 0
equation ➢ Maximum and Minimum Values of
Quadratic Expression
𝑎𝑥 4 + 𝑏𝑥 3 + 𝑐𝑥 2 + 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑒 = 0, then
(i) If a > 0, quadratic expression has least value at
b −𝑏 4𝑎𝑐−𝑏 2
S1 = 𝛼 + 𝛽 + 𝛾 + 𝛿 = − 𝑥= . This least value is given by =
2𝑎 4𝑎
a 𝐷
− 4𝑎. But there is no greatest value.
S2 = 𝛼𝛽 + 𝛼𝛾 + 𝛼𝛿 + 𝛽𝛾 + 𝛽𝛿 + 𝛾𝛿
(ii) If a < 0, quadratic expression has greatest value
c c 𝑏
= (−1)2 = at 𝑥 = − 2𝑎 This greatest value is given by
a a 4𝑎𝑐−𝑏 2 𝐷
c = − 4𝑎. But their is no least value.
4𝑎
or S2 = (𝛼 + 𝛽)(𝛾 + 𝛿) + 𝛼𝛽 + 𝛾𝛿 = ➢ Inequality
a
➢ A statement involving the symbols >, <, ≤ or ≥
S3 = 𝛼𝛽𝛾 + 𝛽𝛾𝛿 + 𝛾𝛿𝛼 + 𝛼𝛽𝛿 is called an inequality or in equation.
d d Here, the symbols < (less than), > (greater
= (−1)3 =− than), ≤ (less than or equal to) and ≥ (greater
a a
than

or equal to) are known as symbol of (ii) Literal inequality An inequality which have
inequalities. variables is called literal inequality.
e.g. 5 < 7, 𝑥 ≤ 2, 𝑥 + 𝑦 ≥ 11 e.g. 𝑥 < 7, 𝑦 ≥ 11, 𝑥 − 𝑦 ≤ 4
(iii) Strict inequality An inequality which have
Types of Inequalities
only is called strict inequality.
(i) Numerical inequality An inequality which e.g. 3𝑥 + 𝑦 < 0, 𝑥 > 7
does not involve any variable is called a (iv) Slack inequality An inequality which have
numerical inequality. only
e.g. 4 > 2, 8 < 21 ≥ or ≤ is called slack inequality.
e.g. 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 ≤ 0, 𝑦 ≥ 4

(Logarithm)
a0 = 1
[Properties of Logarithms} loga 1 = 0
x
Log (0.1)x = 1000
10 = 1000 𝑥
1
x=3 (100) = 1000
3
10 = 1000 Exponents Math
1 𝑥
x 14
a =N 2 →no of digits (102 ) = (10)3
x 1|x 1 15
(a ) =(N) 3 (10-2)x = 103
|x
10-2 = 103
x
Log is needed to solve power of a
-2x = 3
x 𝑎 = 𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 > 0
a = N x = logaN [ ]>0 3
𝑁 = 𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑢𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑥=2
ex. 10x = 1000 Base inter change property
x = log10 1000 1
3/2 log 𝑎 𝑏 =
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑏 𝑎
x = log10 (10)3
3 1 3 2
x = 3log = 3/1 , 2 = 3
1010 2
x=3 If loga N = x & a = 9

1
Result of log can be negative Then logx a = & 𝑥 = 9
N≠ (ve, 0), a ≠ (-ve, 0 , 1) 0<a<1 2x = 2y
N>0 X=y
a can be 0.1 but not 0 (ve) & 1. 20 = 30
y 34 = 92
y = loga 34 = (32)2
x >N Q. log 1000 100 = y
x 1 x
1
(0, (1, 1000y = 100.
0) x <0)
x =1 103y = 102
y 1 3y = 2
1
2
Result of log = +ve, 1, -ve 𝑦=3
a = 0.1, 0.2 ………………….. 0.99 but not 1 Logaa = 1
Q. log 0.01 1000 = x Loga 1 = 0
x
a =n log 𝑎 𝑏 = 𝑙𝑜𝑔
1 log 𝑏
or 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑏 = log𝑏 𝑏
𝑏𝑎 𝑏

Loga N = x if a = 1 ⇒ ax = N ⇒ x = logaN.
log𝑁 𝑁 1 Ex.
log1 𝑁 = 𝑥 → → 0 ⇒ not defined.
𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑝𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑎𝑙 log𝑁 1
3
9log37
Log100 1000 = x, 𝑥 = 2
32 log37
3 3
log (10)2 (10)2 = 2
log10 10 = 2 ⇒ 3log372
Loga ay = x ⇒ 3log(49)
⇒ x = y logaa ⇒ 49 log33
⇒x=y ⇒ 49
𝑛
log 𝑏𝑛 = log 𝑎𝑏 Ex.
𝑎𝑚 𝑚
Law of logarithm Log100 1000 × log10 100 = log10 1000
(1) loga (pq) = loga (P) + loga + loga (q), & vice versa Log102 103 × log10102 = log10103
3
𝑝 ×2=3
(2) log 𝑎 (𝑞 ) = log 𝑎 (𝑝) − log 𝑎 (𝑞) 2
4 LHS = RHS
log 21(81) = log 33 34 = log 33
3 1
4
logb a logcb = logca→
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑎 𝑐
3
𝑥
(log 𝑏 𝑎 × log 𝑐 𝑏 × log 𝑑 𝑒) = log 𝑑 𝑎
log 𝑎1 𝑏 𝑥 = 1 log 𝑎𝑏
log 𝑏 𝑎 × log 𝑐 𝑏 × log 𝑎 𝑐 = log 𝑎 𝑎 = 1.
If no base is given in log, then take base = 10. 𝑎 𝑏 𝑎
× =
N→ 0 < < 1 N=1 N>1 𝑏 𝑐 𝑐
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑎
a × × =
𝑏 𝑐 𝑑 𝑑
↓ 𝑎
0<a<1 +ve loga N = 0 (-ve) 𝑏 𝑎
𝑐 ⇒
𝑐
a>1 (-ve) logaN=0 (+ve) b
log𝑏 𝑎
Ex. = log 𝑐 𝑎.
log𝑏 𝑐
(1) log0.4 0.16 = +ve
Q. log 0.008 √5 + log √3 81 ⋅ −7 =?
1
(2) log100.01 = log10 100 8 1
0.008 = 1000 = 125
= log10 10-2= -2 log10 10. 1
⇒ 53 ⇒ 5−3
= -2 (-ve)
⇒ log 5−3 51/2 + log 31/2 34 − 7 =?
(4) log0.1 10 ⇒ log 1 10
10 1
2 4
⇒ log10−1 10 ⇒ −3
log 5 5 + 1/2 log 3 3 − 7
1 1
⇒ −1 log10 10 = −6 + 8 − 7
1 1
⇒ (-1) = −6 +1 ⇒ 1 − 6
(5) log10 10 = +ve 5
⇒ Ans.
6

(Trigonometry)
➢ Basic Triplets Theory

1.
9, 40, 41 → Triplet
↓× 3 ↓× 3 ↓× 3
P → Perpendicular 27 120 123
B → Base
𝐇 2 = 𝐏 2 + 𝐁 2 → Pythagoras Theorem
2. A Pythagoras triplet is a set of Positive integers
a, b and c that fits the rule : 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 = 𝑐 2
32 + 42 = 52
12.5: 32.55,12,13 → Triplet
∴ 3, 4, 5 are triplets 5: 13
3. Some Pythagorean Triplets ∴ 𝑥 = 12 × 2.5 = 𝟑𝟎
(3,4,5) (5,12,13) (7,24,25) ➢ Triplet
(8,15,17) (9,40,41) (11,60,61) ➢
(12,35,37) (13,84,85) (16,63,65)
(20,21,29) (28,45,53) (33,56,65)
(36,77,85) (39,80,89) (48,55,73)
(65,72,97) (20,99,101)
In a triplet largest side is hypotenuse
16 ∶ 24 ∶ 𝑥
↓
8×2 ∶ 8 × 3 ∶ 8√9 + 4 = 𝟖√𝟏𝟑
➢ Basic Trigonometry Ratios
1.
𝑎2 − 𝑏 2 , 2𝑎𝑏, 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
𝑥 2 − 1,2𝑥, 𝑥 2 + 1 ] Triplets form
𝑎 − 𝑏, 2√𝑎𝑏, 𝑎 + 𝑏 𝑃 𝐵
sin 𝜃 = cot 𝜃 =
4. Multiplication and division of basic triplets 𝐻 𝑃
results into other triplets 𝐵 𝐻
cos 𝜃 = sec 𝜃 =
×2 ×2 𝐻 𝐵
(3,4,5) ⟶ (6,8,10) ⟶ (12,16,20) P H
tan 𝜃 = cosec 𝜃 =
×2 ×1.5 B P
1
(5,12,13) ⟶ (10,24,26) ⟶ (15,36,39) 2. cosec 𝜃 = sin 𝜃 ⇒ sin 𝜃 × cosec 𝜃 = 1
×√2 1
(3,4,5) ⟶ (3√2, 4√2, 5√2) sec 𝜃 = ⇒ cos 𝜃 × sec 𝜃 = 1
cos 𝜃
1
➢ cot 𝜃 = ⇒ tan 𝜃 × cot 𝜃 = 1
tan 𝜃

sin 𝜃 sec 𝜃
3. tan 𝜃 = cos 𝜃 = cosec 𝜃 ↓
cos 𝜃 cosec 𝜃 Tan 𝜃 (sec 𝜃 − 1)
cot 𝜃 = = =
sin 𝜃 sec 𝜃 (sec 𝜃 + 1) tan 𝜃
𝟐 𝟐
➢ Basic Trigonometric Identities 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 = 𝟏
➢ (sec 𝜃 − tan 𝜃)(sec 𝜃 + tan 𝜃) = 1
1
(sec 𝜃 − tan 𝜃) =
(sec 𝜃 + tan 𝜃)
(sec 𝜃 − tan 𝜃)2 = (1)2
2 2
sec 4 𝜃 + tan4 𝜃 − 2 sec 2 𝜃 tan2 𝜃 = 1

P2 + B2 = H2 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟒 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟒 𝜽 = 𝟏 + 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 𝜽
𝑃 2 𝐵 2 (sec 2 𝜃 − tan2 𝜃)3 = (1)3
1. (𝐻) + (𝐻) = 1 ⇒ sin2 𝜃 + cos2 𝜃 = 1
sec 6 𝜃 − tan6 𝜃 − 3 sec 2 𝜃 tan2 𝜃 × 1 = 1
sin2 𝜃 + cos2 𝜃 = 1
sin 𝜃 1−cos 𝜃 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟔 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟔 𝜽 = 𝟏 + 𝟑 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 𝜽
sin2 𝜃 = 1 − cos2 𝜃 → 1+cos 𝜃 = sin 𝜃 3. (sin2 𝜃 + cos 2 𝜃 = 1) ÷ sin2 𝜃
cos 𝜃 1 + sin 𝜃 1 + cot 2 𝜃 = cosec 2 𝜃
cos 2 𝜃 = 1 − sin2 𝜃 → =
1 − sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 𝜽 = 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 − 𝟏
(sin2 𝜃 + cos 2 𝜃)2 = 12 cot 𝜃 cosec 𝜃 − 1
sin4 𝜃 + cos4 𝜃 + 2 sin2 𝜃 cos 2 𝜃 = 1 ⇒ =
cosec 𝜃 + 1 cot 𝜃
𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟒 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟒 𝜽 = 𝟏 − 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟐 𝜽 cosec 2 𝜃 − cot 2 𝜃 = 1
(sin2 𝜃 + cos 2 𝜃)3 = (1)3 (cosec 𝜃 + cot 𝜃)(cosec 𝜃 − cot 𝜃) = 1
sin6 𝜃 + cos6 𝜃 + 3 sin2 𝜃 cos 2 𝜃 = 1 1
(cosec 𝜃 + cot 𝜃) =
𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟔 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟔 𝜽 = 𝟏 − 𝟑𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟐 𝜽 (cosec 𝜃 − cot 𝜃)
2. (sin2 𝜃 + cos 2 𝜃 = 1) ÷ cos 2 𝜃 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝜽 = 𝟏 + 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 𝜽
𝟒 𝟒
tan2 𝜃 + 1 = sec 2 𝜃 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟔 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟔 𝜽 = 𝟏 + 𝟑 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 𝒄𝒐𝒕𝟐 𝜽

tan2 θ=sec 2 θ−1→tan2 θ=(sec𝜃+1)(sec 𝜃 − 1)
Trigonometry Ratio Table
Angle (In
0° 30° 45° 60° 90° 180° 270° 360°
Degrees)
Angle (In 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 3𝜋
0 π 2π
Radians) 6 4 3 2 2
1 1 √3
𝒔𝒊𝒏 0 1 0 −1 0
2 √2 2
√3 1 1
𝒄𝒐𝒔 1 0 −1 0 1
2 √2 2
1 Not Not
𝒕𝒂𝒏 0 1 √3 0 1
√3 defined defined
Not 1 Not Not
𝒄𝒐𝒕 √3 1 0 0
defined √3 defined defined
Not 2 Not Not
𝒔𝒆𝒄 2 √2 1 −1
defined √3 defined defined
➢ sec 2 𝜃 + cosec 2 𝜃 = sec 2 𝜃cosec 2 𝜃 cot 2 𝜃 − cos2 𝜃 = cot 2 𝜃cos 2 𝜃

tan2 𝜃 − sin2 𝜃 = tan2 𝜃sin2 𝜃

sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃 1 180°, 360° .... no change (90° even multiple no
tan 𝜃 + cot 𝜃 = + =
cos 𝜃 sin 𝜃 sin θcos θ change)
= sec 𝜃cosec 𝜃 = 2cosec 2𝜃 sin ↔ cos, tan ↔ cot, sec ↔ cosec
➢ Range
1. −1 ≤ sin 𝜃 ≤ +1
𝑃
sin 𝜃 = 𝐻 𝐻 > 𝑃(∴Always between −1 and +1)
−1 ≤ cos 𝜃 ≤ +1 (−1)2 = 1
−∞ ≤ tan 𝜃, cot 𝜃 ≤ +∞ ∴ cos (90∘ − 𝜃) = sin 𝜃
∴ 0 ≤ sin2 𝜃, cos2 𝜃 ≤ +1 tan (90∘ − 𝜃) = cot 𝜃sec (90∘ − 𝜃)
0∘ → 90∘ sin 𝜃 increases from 0 to 1 = cosec 𝜃
0∘ → 90∘ cos 𝜃 decreases from 1 to 0 cot (90 − 𝜃) = tan 𝜃cosec (90∘ − 𝜃)
∘
sin 61∘ > cos 32∘ ⇒ cos 32∘ = sin 58∘ = sec 𝜃
∴ sin 61∘ > sin 58∘ ➢ sin (90∘ + 𝜃) = cos 𝜃
∴ sin 61∘ > cos 32∘ cos (90∘ + 𝜃) = −sin 𝜃
2. 0∘ <𝜃 < 45∘ sin 𝜃 < cos 𝜃sin 19∘ < cos 19∘ tan (90∘ + 𝜃) = −cot 𝜃
45∘ < 𝜃 < 90∘ sin 𝜃>cos 𝜃sin 71∘ > cos 71∘ cot (90∘ + 𝜃) = −tan 𝜃
3. If 0 < 𝑥 < 1, 𝒙 > 𝒙2 sec (90∘ + 𝜃) = −cosec 𝜃
➢ Quadrant theory cosec (90∘ + 𝜃) = sec 𝜃
1
1. tan 150∘ =tan (90∘ +60∘ ) = −cot 60∘ = −
√3
√3
sin 120∘ = sin (90∘ + 30∘ ) = cos 30∘ =
2
∘ ∘ ∘ ∘ −1
cos 120 =cos (180 − 60 ) = −cos 60 = 2
➢ sin (180∘ − 𝜃) = sin 𝜃
cos (180∘ − 𝜃) = −cos 𝜃
cot (180∘ − 𝜃) = −cot 𝜃
−2
sec 150∘ =sec (180∘ − 30∘ ) = −sec 30∘ =
√3
tan 135∘ =tan (180∘ − 45∘ )=−tan 45∘ = −1
➢ sin(180∘ + 𝜃) = − sin 𝜃
𝜽 → Any Acute Angle
cos (180∘ + 𝜃) = −cos 𝜃
cos 210∘ = cos (180∘ + 30∘ ) = −cos 30∘
−√3
=
2
sin 225∘ = sin (180∘ + 45∘ ) = −sin 45∘
−1
=
√2
cot 240∘ = cot (270∘ − 30∘ ) = −Tan 30∘
1
𝑠𝑖𝑛 → sin +ve in I, II =
√3
cos → cos +ve in I, IV ➢ cos(270∘ − 𝜃) = − sin 𝜃
tan → tan +ve in I, III tan (270∘ − 𝜃) = cot 𝜃
4. Change of T-Ratio cosec (270∘ − 𝜃) = −sec 𝜃
90°, 270° .... (90° odd multiple change)

sec 240∘ = sec (270∘ − 30∘ ) = −cosec 30∘
= −2
➢ sin(270∘ + 𝜃) = − cos 𝜃
cos (270∘ + 𝜃) = sin 𝜃
tan (270∘ + 𝜃) = −cot 𝜃
sin 300∘ = sin (270∘ + 30∘ ) = −cos 30∘
−√3 2𝜋r → 360∘
= 360∘ 180∘
2 r→ = = 1 radian
cot 315∘ = cot (270∘ + 45∘ ) = −tan 45∘ 2𝜋 𝜋
= −1 circle Radius Arc centre 1 radian Angl
cosec 330 = cosec (360∘ − 30∘ )
∘ 𝜋 radian (𝜋 c ) = 180∘
= −cosec 30∘ = −2 1∘ = 60′ , 1′ = 60′′
➢ sin (360∘ − 𝜃) = −sin 𝜃 2. 𝟏𝐜 ≈ 𝟓𝟕∘ 𝟏𝟔′ 𝟐𝟐′′
sin (−𝜃) = −sin 𝜃 𝜋 radian = 180∘
tan 780∘ = tan (360∘ × 2 + 60∘ ) = tan 60∘ 180∘ × 7 630∘ 3∘
1rad (1∘ ) = = = 57∘ +
= √3 22 11 11
′ ′
180 4
cosec 1125∘ = cosec (360∘ × 3 + 45∘ ) ⇒ 3∘ = 180′ → = 16′ +
11 11
= cosec 45∘ = √2 C ∘
∴ 1 = 57 16 22 ′ ′′
cos (−𝜃) = cos 𝜃 240
sin 180∘ = 0 ⇒ 4′ = 240′′ → = 22′′
11
tan (−𝜃) = −tan 𝜃 3.
cot (−𝜃) = −cot 𝜃
cos 180∘ = −1
sec (−𝜃) = sec 𝜃
tan 180∘ = 0
cosec (−𝜃) = −cosec 𝜃
➢ If A+B = 90° then
1. If A+B=90° ⇒ A, B are complementary to each
other 𝜃∘
̅̅̅̅ = L = 2𝜋r ×
𝐴𝐵
2. sin 𝐴 = cos 𝐵 → sin 𝐴sec 𝐵 = 1 360∘
3. tanA = cotB → tanA tanB = 1 or cotA cotB = 1 𝜋𝜃 ∘
L=r×
4. secA = cosecB → cosA cosecB = 1 180∘
tan31 × tan59° = 1 𝐋 = 𝐫 × 𝜽𝐜
𝝅
5. sin2 𝐴+sin2 𝐵 = 1 → sin2 𝐴 + sin2 (90 − 𝐴) 𝜽∘ = 𝜽 ×
6. cos 2 𝐴 + cos2 𝐵 = 1 → sin2 𝐴 + cos2 𝐴 = 1 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘
➢ Some Important Properties
➢ Radian Angle Theory If asin θ + bcos θ =c
circumference
= fixed number 1. ] square and add
1. diameter
acos θ − bsin θ = x (let)
= 𝜋 (Irrational numer) 𝐚𝟐 + 𝐛𝟐 = 𝐜 𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 OR 𝒙𝟐 = 𝐚𝟐 + 𝐛𝟐 − 𝐜 𝟐
➢ If 𝑎sin 𝜃 + 𝑏cos 𝜃 = 𝑐 and 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 = 𝑐 2
↓ ↓ ↓
P B H

𝑎 𝑏 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 → 𝐻
sin 𝜃 + cos 𝜃 = 1 ] compare sec 𝑥 =
𝑐 𝑐 2𝑎𝑏 → 𝐵
sin 𝜃sin 𝜃 + cos 𝜃cos 𝜃 = 1 ∴ P = a2 − b 2
𝑎 𝑏
sin 𝜃 = , cos 𝜃 =
𝑐 𝑐 ↓
H B H+B
+ =
P P P
𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 2𝑎𝑏
55 ⇒
➢ If 48sin 𝜃 + 55cos 𝜃 = 73 then cot 𝜃 = 48 𝑎2 − 𝑏 2
↓ ↓ ↓ (𝑎 + 𝑏)2
=
P B H (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑏)
➢ (sin 𝜃 + sec 𝜃) + (cos 𝜃 + cosec 𝜃)2
2
𝑎+𝑏
= (1 + sec 𝜃cosec 𝜃)2 ⇒
𝑎−𝑏
➢ (1 − sec 𝜃 + tan 𝜃)(1+cosec 𝜃 + cot 𝜃) = 𝟐
If asec A + btan A = c square and ➢ Formula form - (A+B)
2. )
Then atan A + bsec A = 𝑥( Let ) subtract 1. sin (𝐴 + 𝐵) = sin 𝐴cos 𝐵 + cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
a2 − b 2 = c 2 − 𝑥 2 ⇒ 𝑥 2 = c 2 − a2 + b 2 sin (𝐴 − 𝐵) = sin 𝐴cos 𝐵 − cos 𝐴 sin 𝐵
𝑥 = ±√𝑐 2 − 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 cos (𝐴 + 𝐵) = cos 𝐴cos 𝐵 − sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵
➢ If asec A − btan A = c cos (𝐴 − 𝐵) = cos 𝐴cos 𝐵 + sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵
atan A − bsec A = 𝑥(let) 2. 2sin 𝐴cos 𝐵 = sin (𝐴 + 𝐵) + sin (𝐴 − 𝐵)
⇒ 𝐚𝟐 − 𝐛𝟐 = 𝐜 𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 2cos 𝐴sin 𝐵 = sin (𝐴 + 𝐵) − sin(𝐴 − 𝐵)
If asec 𝜃 − 𝑏 tan 𝜃 = 𝑐 and 𝑎2 = 𝑏 2 + 𝑐 2 2cos Acos B = cos (A + B) + cos(𝐴 − 𝐵)
a 2sin 𝐴sin 𝐵 = cos (𝐴 − 𝐵) − cos(𝐴 + 𝐵)
a b sec 𝜃 =
sec 𝜃 − tan 𝜃 = 1 ) compare c 3. sin (𝐴 + 𝐵)sin (𝐴 − 𝐵) = sin2 𝐴cos 2 𝐵 −
c c b cos2 𝐴 sin2 𝐵
sec 𝜃sec 𝜃 − tan 𝜃 = 1 tan 𝜃 =
c = 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝐴(1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝐵) − (1 − 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝐴)𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝐵
∴ 𝑎sec 𝜃 − 𝑏tan 𝜃 = 𝑐 = sin2 𝐴 − sin2 𝐵 = cos 2 𝐵 − cos2 𝐴
↓ ↓ ↓ cos(A + B) cos(A − B)
H P B = 𝑐𝑜𝑠 2 𝐴 − sin2 𝐵 = cos 2 𝐵 − sin2 𝐴
C+D C−D
4. sin 𝐶 + sin D = 2sin cos
2 2
C+D C−D
➢ sin C − sin D = 2cos sin
2 2
𝐶+𝐷 𝐶−𝐷
➢ cos 𝐶 + cos 𝐷 = 2cos cos
2 2
𝑎 𝑎+𝑏 𝐶+𝐷 𝐶−𝐷
3. If secx+tanx= then cosecx + cotx =
𝑏 𝑎−𝑏
(a>b) ➢ cos 𝐷 − cos 𝐶 = 2sin sin
2 2
𝑎 𝐶+𝐷 𝐷−𝐶
sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥 = ➢ cos 𝐶 − cos 𝐷 = 2sin sin
𝑏 2 2
b ➢ Multiples of Angle
sec 𝑥 − tan 𝑥 = 2tan 𝐴
1. sin 2𝐴 = 2sin 𝐴cos 𝐴 = 1+tan2 𝐴
a
a2 + b 2
2 sec 𝑥 = 𝐴 𝐴 1 − cos 2𝐴
ab sin 𝐴 = 2sin cos = √
𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 2 2 2
sec 𝑥 =
2𝑎𝑏

Sec A . Cosec A
cosec 2𝐴 =
2 ⇒ tanAtanB+tanBtanC + tan 𝐶 tan 𝐴 = 1
2. cos 2𝐴 = cos2 𝐴 − sin2 𝐴 = 1 − 2 sin2 𝐴 𝑂𝑅 cot 𝐴+cot 𝐵 + cot 𝐶 = cot 𝐴cot 𝐵 cot 𝐶
1 − tan2 𝐴 cot 2 𝐴 − 1 ➢ If A+B+C = 180°
= 2cos2 𝐴 − 1 = =
1 + tan2 𝐴 cot 2 𝐴 + 1 ⇒ tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC
1 + cos2𝐴 ⇒ cot A⋅cot B + cot B cot C+cot Ccot A = 1
cos A = √ 4tan 𝜃(1−tan2 𝜃)
5. tan 4𝜃 = 1−6tan2 𝜃+tan4 𝜃
2
3
2tan𝐴
3. tan 2𝐴 = 1−tan2𝐴 6. cos2 𝜃+cos2 (60 − 𝜃)+cos 2 (60 + 𝜃) = 2
4. sin 3𝐴 = 3sin 𝐴 − 4 sin3 𝐴 7. cos3 A+cos3 (120∘ − A)
3
cos 3𝐴 = 4cos3 𝐴 − 3 cos 𝐴 +cos3 (120∘ +A)=4 cos 3"A
3tan A − tan3 𝐴 8. tan 𝜃 − tan (60 − 𝜃)+tan (60+𝜃) = 3tan 3𝜃
tan 3A =
1 − 3tan2 𝐴 cot 𝜃 − cot (60 − 𝜃)+cot (60+𝜃) = 3cot 3𝜃
tan 𝐴+tan 𝐵 1
5. tan (𝐴 + 𝐵) = 1−tan 𝐴tan 𝐵 9. sin 𝜃sin (60 − 𝜃)sin (60 + 𝜃) = 4 sin 3𝜃
tan 𝐴 − tan 𝐵 1
tan (𝐴 − 𝐵) = cos 𝜃 cos(60 − 𝜃) cos(60 + 𝜃) = cos 3𝜃
1 + tan 𝐴 tan 𝐵 4
cot 𝐴 cot 𝐵−1
6. cot (𝐴 + 𝐵) = cot 𝐵+cot 𝐴 tan 𝜃tan (60 − 𝜃)tan (60 + 𝜃) = tan 3𝜃
cot Acot B + 1 10. cos 𝜃cos 2𝜃cos 22 𝜃cos 23 𝜃 … … cos 2n 𝜃 =
cot (A − B) = sin 2n+1 𝜃
cot B − cot A
2n+1 sin 𝜃
➢ Some special formulae
√5−1 √10+2√5
1−tan 𝜃
1. tan(45 − 𝜃) = 1+tan 𝜃 , tan(45 + 𝜃) 11. sin 18∘ = cos 18∘ =
4 4
1 + tan 𝜃 ∘ √5+1 ∘ √10−2√5
= cos 36 = sin 36 =
4 4
1 − tan 𝜃 √3+1
∘ ∘
2. If 𝐴 + 𝐵 = 45∘ or 225∘ ⇒ (𝟏 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝑨) 12. sin 75 = cos 15 = 2√2
(𝟏 + tanB) = 𝟐 √3 − 1
tan (A + B) = tan 45∘ sin 15∘ = cos 75∘ =
tan 𝐴+tan 𝐵 2√2
=1⇒tan 𝐴+tan𝐵+tan 𝐴tan𝐵 = 1 √3+1
1−tan 𝐴tan 𝐵 ➢ tan 75∘ = cot 15∘ = = 2 + √3
1 + tan 𝐴 + tan 𝐵 + tan 𝐴tan 𝐵 = 1 + 1 √3−1
√3−1
⇒ (1 + tan 𝐴)(1 + tan 𝐵) = 2 ➢ tan 15∘ = cot 75∘ = = 2 − √3
√3+1
3. If A + B = 45∘ or 225∘ ⇒ (cot A − ➢ Some other formulae
1)(cot 𝐵 − 1) = 2 1. (sin2 𝐴 + cos2 𝐴 − sin 𝐴cos 𝐴)(sin 𝐴 +
OR(1 − cot A)(1 − cot 𝐵) = 2 cos 𝐴)
4. tan (𝐴 + 𝐵 + 𝐶) = = sin3 A + cos 3 A
tan 𝐴+tan 𝐵+tan 𝐶−tan 𝐴tan 𝐵tan 𝐶 cot 𝐴+tan 𝐵
1−tan 𝐴tan 𝐵−tan 𝐵tan 𝐶−tan 𝐶tan 𝐴 2. cot 𝐵+tan 𝐴 = tan 𝐵 cot 𝐴 (term direct multiply)
′
Put 𝐵 = 𝐶 = ′𝐴 ⇒ tan 3𝐴 1−tan 𝜃 2
3tan 𝐴 − tan3 𝐴 3. ( 1−cot 𝜃 ) = tan2 𝜃
=
1 − 3tan2 𝐴 1−sin 𝜃 1−sin 𝜃
4. √1+sin 𝜃 = √1+sin 𝜃 ×
1−sin 𝜃
=
1−sin 𝜃
=
∘
If A + B + C = 90 1sin 𝜃 cos 𝜃
sin 90∘ 1 sec 𝜃 − tan 𝜃
=
cos 90∘ 𝑂 1+cos 𝜃 1+cos 𝜃 1+cos 𝜃 1+cos 𝜃
tan 𝐴+tan 𝐵+tan 𝐶−tan 𝐴tan 𝐵tan 𝐶 5. √1−cos 𝜃 = √1−cos 𝜃 × 1+cos 𝜃 =
= 1−tan 𝐴tan 𝐵−tan 𝐵tan 𝐶−tan 𝐶tan 𝐴 sin 𝜃
= cosec 𝜃 + cot 𝜃

cosec 𝐴+1 1+sin 𝜃 cot 𝜃+cos 𝜃
6. √cosec 𝐴−1 = √1−sin 𝜃 = 𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝜃 + tan 𝜃 8. √cot 𝜃−cos 𝜃 = sec 𝜃 + tan 𝜃
sec 𝛼+tan 𝛼 9. sin 1∘ . sin 2∘ . sin 3∘ … … sin 180∘ = 0
7. √sec 𝛼−tan 𝛼 = √(sec 𝛼 + tan 𝛼)2 = sec 𝛼 +
cos 1∘ . cos 2∘ . cos 3∘ … cos 90∘ = 0
tan 𝛼 tan 1∘ . tan 2∘ . tan 3∘ … tan 89∘ = 1
➢ Interchange of Trigonometry Ratio Table

𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝜽 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽
tan 𝜃 1 √sec 2 𝜃 − 1 1
𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 sin 𝜃 √1 − cos 2 𝜃
√1 + tan2 𝜃 √1 + cot 2 𝜃 sec 𝜃 cosec 𝜃
1 cot 𝜃 1 √cosec 2 𝜃 − 1
𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 √1 − sin2 𝜃 cos 𝜃
√1 + tan2 𝜃 √1 + cot 2 𝜃 sec 𝜃 cose 𝜃
sin 𝜃 √1 − cos 𝜃2 1 1
𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝜽 tan 𝜃 √sec 2 𝜃 − 1
√1 − sin 𝜃2
cos 𝜃 cot 𝜃 √cosec 2 𝜃 − 1
√1 − sin2 𝜃 cos 𝜃 1 1
𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝜽 cot 𝜃 cosec 2 𝜃 − 1
sin 𝜃 √1 − cos 𝜃2 tan 𝜃 sec 2 𝜃 −1
1 1 √1 + cot 2 𝜃 cosec 2 𝜃
𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽 √1 + tan2 𝜃 sec 𝜃
√1 − sin2 𝜃 cos 𝜃 cot 𝜃 cosec 2 − 1
1 1 √1 + tan2 𝜃 sec 𝜃
𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽 √1 + cot 2 𝜃 cosec 𝜃
sin 𝜃 √1 − cos 2 𝜃 tan 𝜃 √sec 2 𝜃 − 1
➢ Trigonometric Functions, Identities and Equations Graph of Trigonometric Functions

1. Graph of sin x (iii) Period = 2π
3. Graph of tan x
(i) Domain = R (ii) Range = [–1,1] (iii) Period =

𝜋
2π (i) Domain = R ~ (2n+1) 2 , n ∈ I
2. Graph of cos x
(ii) Range = (−∞, ∞)
(iii) Period = π
4. Graph of cot x
(i) Domain = R (ii) Range = [–1, 1]

𝜋
(i) Domain = R ∼ (2n + 1) , n ∈ I
2
(ii) Range = (−∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞)
(iii) Period = 2𝜋
6. Graph of cosec x
(i) Domain =R ∼ n𝜋, n ∈ I

(ii) Range = (−∞, ∞)
(iii) Period = 𝜋
5. Graph of sec x
(i) Domain = R ∼ n𝜋, n ∈ I

(ii) Range = (−∞, −1] ∪ [1, ∞)
(iii)Period = 2𝜋
Note |sinθ|≤1,|cosθ|≤1,|secθ|≥1,|cosecθ|≥∣ for all
values of θ, for which the functions are defined.

(Maxima & Minima)
1. −1 ≤ sin 𝜃 ≤ +1
P
sin 𝜃 = H , H ≥ P 8. sin2𝑚 𝜃 + cos 2𝑛 𝜃 → 𝑚𝑎𝑥 = +1 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈
natural no.
−1 ≤ cos 𝜃 ≤ +1
P 9. If 𝑦 = cos 2 𝑥 + sec 2 𝑥 then 𝑦 ≥ 2
−∞ ≤ tan 𝜃 ≤ +∞ tan 𝜃 = B (We can take T-ratio min Max
any value of P and B) 1. sinθ, cosθ (odd power) −1 +1
−∞ ≤ cot 𝜃 ≤ +∞ 2 2
2. sin θ,cos θ(even power) 0 +1
−∞ ≤ sec 𝜃 , cosec 𝜃 ≤ +∞ But − 1 3. tan 𝜃,cot 𝜃 odd nower −∞ +∞
𝐻 4. tan2 𝜃,cot 2 𝜃 (even power) 0 ∞
cosec 𝜃 = … 𝐻 ≥ (𝐵, 𝑃)
𝑃 5. sec 𝜃,cosec 𝜃 (odd power) −∞ +∞
𝐻 6. sec 2 𝜃,cosec 2 𝜃( even power) 1 ∞
sec 𝜃 = 2𝑛 2𝑛
𝐵 10. sin 𝜃 + cos 𝜃
2. If 𝑥 = Real ⇒ 𝑥 2 → + ve 𝑚𝑎𝑥 value = 1
2
𝑥𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0 at 𝑥 = 0 min value = put 𝜃 → 45∘
0 ≤ sin2 𝜃, cos 2 𝜃 ≤ +1 11. atan2 𝜃 + bcot 2 𝜃
−1 ≤ sin3 𝜃 , cos3 𝜃 ≤ +1 min value = 2√𝑎𝑏
0 ≤ tan2 𝜃 , cot 2 𝜃 ≤ +∞ 𝑚𝑎𝑥 value = ∞
−∞ ≤ tan3 𝜃 , cot 3 𝜃 ≤ +∞
+1 ≤ sec 2 𝜃, cosec 2 𝜃 ≤ +∞
−∞ ≤ sec 3 𝜃 , cosec 3 𝜃 ≤ +∞ But − 1
3. 𝑎sin2 𝜃 + 𝑏cos2 𝜃 → 𝑚𝑎𝑥 value = 𝑚𝑎𝑥[𝑎, 𝑏]
→ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 value = 𝑚𝑖𝑛[𝑎, 𝑏]
37sin2 𝜃 + 45cos 2 𝜃 ⇒ maximum = 45
minimum = 𝟑𝟕
4.
5. 𝑎 sin 𝜃 + 𝑏 cos 𝜃 → 𝑚𝑎𝑥 = +√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2

→ 𝑚𝑖𝑛 = −√𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
6. 𝑎sin2 𝜃+𝑏cosec 2 𝜃 𝑚𝑖𝑛=2√𝑎𝑏( when 𝑎 > 𝑏)
acos 2 𝜃 + bsec 2 𝜃 𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 𝑎 + 𝑏( when 𝑎 < 𝑏)
𝑚𝑎𝑥 = ∞
minvalue
7. asec 2 𝜃 + bcosec 2 𝜃 ⟶ (√a + √b)2

(Height & Distance)
➢ Elevation Angle 15∘ 75∘ 90∘

↓ ↓ ↓
√3 − 1 √3 + 1 2√2
4.
➢ Angle of Depression
➢ Change of Angle
1. When elevation angle changes from 30º to 45º
➢ Angle-side Ratio
1.
2.
2. When elevation angle changes from 30° to 60°
1 BC
tan 30∘ = =
√3 AC
3.

64
7.
d = h(cot 𝜃1 − cot 𝜃2 )
➢ Some other result
1. If Angles of elevation are complimentary
ℎ = √𝑥𝑦
5. When elevation angle changes from …. 2.
a = h(cot 𝜃1 + cot 𝜃2 )
6. When elevation angle changes from θ° to 2θ°. 3.
𝑎 = ℎ(cot 𝜃1 + cot 𝜃2)

4.

65
𝜃 + 𝛼 = 90∘
𝑥 = √h1 ℎ2
6.
𝑎cot 𝜃1
h=
cot 𝜃1 − cot 𝜃2
5.
1 1 1
= +
a H1 H2

66
(Number System)
➢ Integers → All integers are rational no.

𝑝
(𝑞 ) where q = 1
➢ Integers
{−∞, … . −4, −3, −2, −1} {0,1,2,3,4, … … ∞}

0 → Neither positive ↓
➢ Classification of Numbers nor negative Whole Numbers
➢ Natural numbers → {1,2,3,4,5,....∞}
➢ Integers
which can be denoted can not be denoted on
which can be denoted number line.
Even → which are divisible by 2. (2K form)
{–8,–6, –4, –2, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8)
Odd → which are not divisible by 2. (2K±1
➢ Real Numbers form)
{–5, –3, –1, 1, 3, 5, 7, 11}
➢ Odd × odd → odd
which can be written can not be written in 𝑝 odd × even → even
𝑝 𝑞
in 𝑞 from (q≠0) p, q → form. odd ± odd → even
Int even ± even → even
Ex. odd ± even → odd
5 13 −8
, , , 0.5555, 0.1342607532….. ➢
3 1 1
22 √𝑞, 𝜋 = 3.141592 …
7
➢ Decimal Numbers

67
Ex. 4, 6, 8, 9 etc.
1 → Neither prime nor composite
4 → Smallest composite number.
9 → Smallest odd composite number.
➢ Relatively prime/co-prime numbers → Two

➢ Natural numbers numbers in which nothing is common i.e. their
HCF = 1
(25, 19) (16, 9) (2, 3) (11, 13)
Prime Numbers → Only two factors 1 & itself.
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 61, 67, 97 etc. ➢ Twin-prime numbers → Two prime numbers
with a gap of 2.
2 → even prime no. & smallest prime no.
(3, 5) (5, 7) (11, 13)
3,5,7 → only pair of consecutive odd prime no.
➢ Only pair of prime no. with a gap of 2 is 3, 5, 7.
Prime no.→ 1 − 50 → 15
➢ Smallest 3 digit prime → 101
50 − 100 → 10
1 − 100 → 25 ➢ Large 3 digit prime → 997
1 − 200 → 46 ➢ Prime Numbers
1 − 1000 → 168 ➢ If the sum of all the factors (excluding that no.)
Each prime number can be written in (6k±1) form. is equal to that number then it is called a perfect
But every (6k±1) form may not be necessarily prime no.
no. 6 → 1,2,3,6 (factors) ∴ 1+2+3 = 6
13 → 6 × 2 + 1 (prime) (Smallest perfect no.) ∴ 6 is perfect no.
25 → 6 × 4 + 1 (not prime)
28 → 1,2,4,7,14,28
➢ Composite Numbers → more than two factors. (1+2+4+7+14) = 28
Perfect numbers → 6, 28, 496, 8128 ....

68
(Divisibility Rules)
➢ Divisibility Rules
➢ 1 is not divisible by any number except 1 but 1
is a universal factor.
➢ Divisibity Rule of 2, 4, 8, 16
2 → Last digit should be divisible by 2.
4 → Last 2 digit should be divisible by 4.
8 → Last 3 digit should be divisible by 8.
16 → Last 4 digits should be divisible by 16
➢ Divisibility Rule of 3 and 9
3 → Sum of digits should be divisible by 3. ➢ ABAB → divisible by 101
9 → Sum of digits should be divisible by 9. 73 × 101 = 7373
➢ Divisibility Rule of 5, 25, 125 ➢ ABCABC → divisible by 1001
5. → Last digit should be 0 or 5. 687 × 1001 = 687687
➢ 7 × 11 × 13 = 1001 (Remember)
25 → Last two digit should be divisible by 25.
➢ Divisibility Rule of 11
125. → Last 3 digit should be divisible by 125.
➢ If the difference between the sum of the digits at
➢ Divisibility Rule of 6 odd places and sum of the digits at even places
6. → 6 = 2×3 (co-prime factors) is zero or multiple of 11.
∴ If a number is divisible by 2 & 3 both, that
number will also be divisible by 6
➢ Divisibility Rule of 7, 11, 13
5922 → Make pair of 3 digits from RHS
→ Add alternate pairs & take difference
→ If difference is divisible by 7, 11, 13
then number will be divisible by 7, 11, 13 ➢ Divisibility Rule of 12
respectively. 12 = 4 × 3
➢ If a number is divisible by 4 and 3 both then that
number will also be divisible by 12.

69
(Remainder Theorem)
➢ Remainder a, p → co-prime
➢ The remainder is the value left after the division 5016
if the dividend is not completely divided by the →R=1
17
divisor. ➢ Wilson's Theorem
➢ If dividend is completely divided by the divisor ➢ P = any prime number
then in that case remainder will be zero. (P−1)!
→ Remainder = –1 or (P–1)
➢ Remainder Theorem P
(a𝑥+k)n
➢ = Remainder → K n
a
(𝑎𝑥 + 1)n
→ Remainder = 1n = 1
a
(a𝑥 − k)n
→ Remainder = (−k)n
72 = 13 × 5 + 7 a
(𝑎𝑥 − 1)n
Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder → Remainder = (−1)n
206 a
,R = 8
11
Remainder is always less than divisor.
➢ a, b, n → natural number
𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏 𝑛 (𝑛 = 𝑜𝑑𝑑) → 𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 ➢ Euler's Theorem
= (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎2 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 ) aΦ(N)
➢ → R = 1 Φ(N) = Toient function of N
N
𝑎3 + 𝑏 3 = (𝑎 + 𝑏)[𝑎2 𝑏 0 − 𝑎1 𝑏1 + 𝑎0 𝑏 2 ]
a, N → co-prime
→ (𝑎 + 𝑏)[𝑎2 − 𝑎𝑏 + 𝑏 2 ]
(+ − + − + − (+ start + then − goes on) N → Natural number
(𝑎5 + 𝑏 5 ) = (𝑎 + 𝑏)[𝑎4 𝑏 0 − 𝑎3 𝑏1 + 𝑎2 𝑏 2 How to find Φ(𝑁)
− 𝑎1 𝑏 3 + 𝑎 0 𝑏 4 ] 72 = 23 × 32
1 1
= (𝑎 + 𝑏)(𝑎 − 𝑎3 𝑏 + 𝑎2 𝑏 2 − 𝑎𝑏 3 + 𝑏 4 )
4 ➢ Φ(72) → 72 × (1 − 2) × (1 − 3)
∴ an + bn →n odd →(a+b) is a factor always. 1 2
No. of the form Div. by Div. by = 72 × × = 24
2 3
(a+b) (a–b) ➢ 100 → 22 × 52
1 1
1. 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑏 𝑛 (n → odd) ✓ × Φ100 → 100 × (1 − ) × (1 − )
2 5
2. an + bn (n→ even) × × 1 4
3. 𝑎𝑛 − 𝑏 𝑛 (n→ odd) × ✓ → 100 × × → 40
2 5
4. 𝑎𝑛 − 𝑏 𝑛 (n→ even) ✓ ✓ ➢ Φ(P) = P − 1 where P = prime number
➢ If Power is odd → ∴ Φ(N) → N co-prime
𝑎𝑛 +𝑏 𝑛 +𝑐 𝑛 +𝑑𝑛 is divisible by (a+b+c+d) ➢ Product of any 'n' consecutive (+ve) numbers is
➢ Fermat's Theorem always divisible by n!
𝑎𝑝−1 15×16×17×18×19
➢ Fermat's Theorem → = 1 (Remainder) ➢ → 5 numbers
𝑃 5!
p = prime number

70
15 × 16 × 17 × 18 × 19
⇒ ,R = 0
120
➢ Consecutive Remainder 3 pair of 5 & 2
➢ ∴ 3 zero at the end of product
0 → (1370)189 → UD = 0
No. of zero at the end = 189
➢ 0, 1 power unit digit same
𝟏 → (371)108 → 371 × 37.... 108 times
UD = 1
𝟓 → (865)99 → 865 × 865 × .... 99 time
consecutive remainder = 1, 2, 10 UD = 5 Any power of 5 → UD = 5
Divisor → HCF [85, 17, 17] 6 → (106)357 → 106 × 106× .... 357 times
→ 17 UD = 6
8. Successive Division ➢ Any power of 0, 1, 5, 6 → UD = same
4 → (4)odd = UD → 4
Divide 620 by 8, 5, 6 successively (4)even = UD → 6
9 → (9)odd → UD = 9
(9)even → 𝑈𝐷 = 1
10. Rule of 2, 3, 7, 8
Successive remainders → 4, 2, 3
UD repeat after every power 4
➢ Some Important points ∴ cyclicity = 4

➢ If two numbers are divided by same divisor the ∴ UD → 2n = 2n+4
remainders are respectively 𝑟1 and 𝑟2 . If sum of
25
these two numbers are divided by the same ➢ (132)25 → , R = 1 ∴ (132)1 → UD = 2
4
divisor the remainder is 𝑟3 . Then divisor is →
divisor = 𝑟1 + 𝑟2 + 𝑟3
4𝑛
➢ → Rem = 4
6
10n ∴ UD repeat after power 4
➢ → Rem = 4
6 ∴ cyclicity = 4
➢ Unit digit (UD) 34 337334
➢ 5 × odd → U.D = 5 ➢ 333337 → → 1334 → 1
4
5 × even → UD = 0 ∴ 3331 → UD = 3
➢ Similarly cyclicity of 7 & 8 is also 4.

71
(Number of Factors)
➢ Factors → 31 × 40 × 6 = 7440
➢ Factors are the positive integers that can divide ➢ 2160 = 24 × 33 × 51
a number exactly. Even factors → minimum 21
➢ Properties of factors NOF = 5 × 4 × 2 = 40
1. 1 is a factor of every number. (20 21 22 23 24 ) × (30 31 32 33 ) × (50 51 )
2. Every natural number is a factor of itself. Even NOF → 4 × 4 × 2 → 32
3. Apart from 1 all natural numbers have atleast OR 2160 = 24 × 33 × 51 → 2(23 × 33 × 51 )
two factors. ↓
➢ Number of Factors (NOF) 4 × 4 × 2 = 32
➢ 12 → 12, 24, 36, 48, 60 .... (multiples) Sum of even factors → 30×40×6 → 7200
12 → 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 (factors) No. of odd factors → 40–32 = 8
No. of odd factors → Absence of 2
NOF of 12 → 6
∴ 2160 = 24 × 33 × 51 → 4 × 2 = 8
perfect square NOF NOF → 2
Sum of odd factors → 40 × 6 = 240
Even NOF of 12 → 4 ➢ 2160 = 24 × 33 × 51
perfect cube NOF → 1 NOF = 1. (20 21 22 23 24 )(30 31 32 33 )(50 51 )
odd NOF of 12 → 2 Number of factors which are multiple of 18 →
NOF of multiple of 3 → 3 18 = 21 × 32
➢ 72 → 23 × 32 (write in prime base) ∴ minimum 21 and 32 required for multiple of
18.
→ 4 × 2 × 2 = 16
∴ NOF → 12
Direct: NOF = (power+1) × (power + 1)….
NOF of 72 → (3+1) ×(2+1)→4×3→12
➢ N = a𝑥 × b 𝑦 × c 𝑥 ➢ Sum of reciprocal of all factors =
sum of factors
number
a,b,c → prime number
8 → 1,2,4,8
NOF of N = (x+1)(y+1)(z+1) 1 1 1 1 8+4+2+1
Sum of reciprocal → 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 =
➢ Sum of factors (SOF) 8
➢ 72 → [20 + 21 + 22 + 23 ] × [30 + 31 + 32 ] = Sum of factors
=
15 × 13 = 195 number
➢ 2160 → 24 × 33 × 51 ➢ 10800 → 24 × 33 × 52
SOF → (20 + 21 + 22 + 23 + 24 ) × (30 + 31 Number of factors which are perfect squares →
+ 32 + 33 ) × (50 + 51 ) 𝑎2𝑛 = perfect square number
→ 31 × 40 × 6 → 𝟕𝟒𝟒𝟎 𝑎3𝑛 = perfect cube number
a[r n − 1] 𝑎6𝑛 = perfect square as well as perfect cube
OR Sum of factors → → GP (20 22 24 ) × (30 32 ) × (50 52 )
(r − 1)
1(25 − 1) 1(34 − 1) 1(52 − 1) → 3 × 2 × 2 = 12
∴ × × OR No. of factors (perfect squares) →
2−1 3−1 5−1

72
Power ∴ Even number of factors →100–10 = 90
→ Integer + 1
2 ➢ Perfect square of a prime number has exactly 3
→ (2 + 1)(1 + 1)(1 + 1) factors.
→ 3 × 2 × 2 → 12
72 → 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72
make pairs from 1st & last, NOF = 12
1 × 72 = 72 4 × 18 = 72 (1–100) → 22 , 32 , 52 , 72 → 4 numbers
2 × 36 = 72 6 × 12 = 72 ➢ more than 3 factors between (1–100) = ?
3 × 24 = 72 8 × 9 = 72 exactly 3 factors = 4
Product of factors = 726 only 1 factor = 1
𝑁𝑂𝐹
∴ Product of factors of N = (𝐍) 2 (1 has only one factor)
➢ Only perfect square number has odd number of ∴ More than 3 factors
factors. ∴ 3 →100 – 5 = 95 numbers
➢ Perfect square number upto 100 → 10

73
(Sequences and Series)
➢ Sequence 1 1
(1 st 2no. −
1
)
diff.of 1st & 3rd no. in den. last 2 no.
➢ A sequence is an arrangement of numbers in
➢ Arithmetic Progression (AP)
definite order according to some rule.
➢ A sequence in which terms increase or decrease
➢ Progression
regularly by a fixed number. This fixed number
➢ A sequence whose terms follow a certain pattern
is called the common difference of AP.
is called a progression.
➢ Series Ex. a, a + d, a + 2d, ... is an AP
➢ If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 , … , 𝑎𝑛 , … is a sequence, then the
Where a = first term and d = common difference.
sum expressed as 𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3 + ⋯ + 𝑎𝑛 + ⋯
is called a series. nth Term (or General Term) of an AP
➢ A series having finite number of terms is called
finite series. ➢ If a is the first term, d is the common difference
➢ A series having infinite number of terms is and 𝑙 is the last term of an AP, i.e. the given AP
called infinite series. is a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d,..., 𝑙, then
➢ Special series (a) nth term is given by 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)𝑑
➢ If denominator is same as multiplier (b) nth term of an AP from the last term is given by
991 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑙 − (𝑛 − 1)𝑑
999 × 999 =?
999 Note
Step 1 → Multiply = 999
Step 2 → 9 zero = 000 (i) 𝑎 + 𝑎 = 𝑎 + 𝑙
Step 3 → Diff. of 999 − 991 = 8 i.e. nth term from the beginning + nth term from
∴ 999000 − 8 = 998992 the end = first term + last term
➢ Properties of Arithmetic Progression
(i) If a constant is added or subtracted from each
term of an AP, then the resulting sequence is
common difference = 1
also an AP with same common difference.
6−5 7−6 8−7 9−8 25 − 24
+ + + +⋯. (ii) If each term of an AP is multiplied or divided by
5×6 6×7 7×8 8×9 24 × 25 a non-zero constant k, then the resulting
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
− + − + − + − + sequence is also an AP, with common difference
5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 𝑑
1 1 1 1 kd or 𝑘
respectively, where d = common
…. − + −
23 24 24 25 difference of given AP.
1 1 4 (iii)If 𝑎𝑛 , 𝑎𝑛+1 and 𝑎𝑛+2 are three consecutive terms
− =
5 25 25 of an AP, then 2𝑎𝑛+1 = 𝑎𝑛 + 𝑎𝑛+2 .
1 1 1
OR commondifference [1 st no. of den. − Last no. of den. ] (iv) If the terms of an AP are chosen at regular
1 1 4 intervals, then they form an AP.
1( − ) = (v) If a sequence is an AP, then its nth term is a
5 25 25
1 1 1 1 linear expression in n, i.e. its nth term is given
+ 4×7×10 + 7×10×13 + 10×13×16 +
1×4×7
1 1 1 1 1
by An+B, where A and B are constants and A =
=? ⇒ 6 (4 − 16) = 32 common difference.
13×16×19

74
➢ Selection of Terms in an AP n(n + 1)
2
3 3 3 3 3
➢ Any terms in AP can be taken as ∑n = 1 + 2 + 3 + ⋯ . +n = [ ]
2
(i) 3 terms → (a–d), a, (a+d)
(ii) 4 terms → (a–3d), (a–d), (a+d), (a+3d) ➢ Sum of 1st n even natural numbers
(iii)5 terms → (a – 2d), (a – d), a, (a + d), (a + 2d) 𝑛
2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + ⋯ + 2𝑛 = [2 + 2𝑛]
➢ Sum of First n Terms of an AP 2
➢ Sum of first n terms of AP, is given by = 𝐧(𝐧 + 1)
n n Sum of 1st n odd natural numbers
Sn = [2a + (n − 1)d] = [a + l] 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + ⋯ . +(2𝑛 − 1)
2 2
When 𝑙 = last term 𝑛
= [1 + 2𝑛 − 1] = 𝐧2
2
Note: ➢ Arithmetic Mean (AM)
(i) If a, m and b are in AP, then m is called the
(i) A sequence is an AP if the sum of its first n
arithmetic mean of a and b and it is given by
terms is of the form 𝐴2𝑛 + Bn, there A and B are a+b
constants and common difference in such case m= 2
wil be 2A. (ii) If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 ,……, 𝑎𝑛 are n numbers, then their
a +a +⋯…⋅an
(ii) 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑆𝑛 − 𝑆𝑛−1 i.e. AM is given by, A = 1 2 n
𝑛𝑡ℎ term of AP = Sum of first n terms – Sum of (iii)If a, 𝐴1 , 𝐴2 , 𝐴3 , …..𝐴𝑛 , b are in AP, tern
first (n – 1) terms (a) 𝐴1 , 𝐴2 , 𝐴3 , …..𝐴𝑛 are called n arithmetic
Ex. mean between a and b, where
na + b
A1 = a + d =
n+1
(𝑛 − 1)𝑎 + 2𝑏
𝐴2 = 𝑎 + 2𝑑 =
(d) = 4 𝑛+1
: : :
1st term (a) = 7 a + nb
An = a + nd =
a, a+d, a+2d, a+3d, ....a+(n–1)d n+1
b−a
Tn = nth term = a+(n–1)d = Last term for n term and d =
n+1
AP (b) Sum of n AM's between a and b is nA
𝑎+𝑏
𝑇𝑛 = 𝑛𝑡ℎ term = a+(n–1)d = n i.e. 𝐴1 +𝐴2 +𝐴3 +…+𝐴𝑛 , where 𝐴 = 2
➢ Important Results on AP
(a + 𝑙) n
Sum → n OR [2a + (n − 1)d] (i) If 𝑎𝑝 = 𝑞 and 𝑎𝑞 = 𝑝, then 𝑎𝑝+𝑞 =0, 𝑎𝑟 =p+q-r
2 2
(ii) If 𝑝𝑎𝑝 =𝑞𝑎𝑞 , then 𝑎𝑝+𝑞 = 0
𝑙−a 1 1
T n = 𝑙 = a + (n − 1)d → =n−1 (iii)If 𝑎𝑝 = and 𝑎𝑞 = , then 𝑎𝑝𝑞 = 1
d 𝑞 𝑝
(iv) If Sp = q and Sq =p, then Sp+q = −(p + q)
𝒍−𝐚
∴𝐧= +𝟏 (v) If S𝑝 = Sq , then S𝑝+𝑞 = 0
𝐝
(vi) If a2 , 𝑏 2 and c 2 are in AP, then
n(n + 1) 1 1 1 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
Σn = 1 + 2 + 3 + ⋯ . +n = , , and , , both are also in
𝑏+𝑐 𝑐+𝑎 𝑎+𝑏 𝑏+𝑐 𝑐+𝑎 𝑎+𝑏
2
AP
𝑛(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
2 2 2 2
Σ𝑛 = 1 + 2 + 3 + ⋯ + 𝑛 = 2 (vii) If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , ….., 𝑎𝑛 are the non-zero terms of an
6
AP, then

75
1 1 1 1 𝑛−1 (vi) If a, b and c are three consecutive terms of a GP,
+𝑎 +𝑎 +…..+ 𝑎 =𝑎
𝑎1 𝑎2 2 𝑎3 3 𝑎4 𝑛−1 𝑎𝑛 1 𝑎𝑛
then 𝑏 2 = 𝑎𝑐.
➢ Geometric Progression (GP)
➢ Selection of Terms in a GP
➢ A sequence in which the ratio of any term
Any terms in a GP can be taken as
(except first term) to its just preceding term is 𝑎
constant throughout. The constant ratio is called (i) 3 terms → 𝑟 , a and ar.
a a
common ratio (r). (ii) 4 terms → r3 , r , a and 𝑎𝑟 3 .
𝛼𝑛+𝑎 a a
i.e. = 𝑟, ∀𝑛 ≥ 1 (iii)5 terms → r2 , r , a, ar, and ar 2 .
𝑎𝑛
➢ If a is the first term, r is the common ratio and 𝑙 ➢ Sum of First n Terms of a GP
is the last term of a GP, then the GP can be (i) Sum of first n terms of a GP is given by
a(1 − r n )
written as a, ar, 𝑎𝑟 2 , ….., 𝑎𝑟 𝑛−1, ……𝑙. , if r < 1
4, 12, 36, 108 r = common ratio 1−r
a2 12 Sn = a(r n − 1)
r= = =3 , if r > 1
a1 4 r−1
{ na, if r = 1
nth Term (Or General Term) of a GP a−𝑙r 𝑙r−a
➢ If a is the first term, r is the common ratio and 𝑙 (ii) Sn = 1−r , r < 1 or Sn = r−1 , r > 1
is the last term, then where, l = last term of the GP.
(i) nth term of a GP from the beginning is given by ➢ Sum of Infinite Terms of a GP
a
an = arn–1 (i) If |r| < 1, then S∞ = 1−r
(ii) nth term of a GP from the end is given by 𝑎𝑛 = (ii) If |r| ≥ 1, then S does not exist
𝑙
➢ Geometric Mean GM
𝑟 𝑛−1
(iii)The nth term from the end of a finite GP (i) If a, G, b are in GP, then G is called the
consisting of m terms is arm–n. geometric mean of a and b and is given by G =
(iv) 𝑎𝑛 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑎𝑙 √𝑎𝑏.
i.e. nth term from the beginning × nth term from (ii) GM of n positive numbers 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 ,……, 𝑎𝑛
the end = first term × last term are given by G = (𝑎1 𝑎2 … . . 𝑎3 )1/𝑛
an an = a𝑙 (iii)If a, 𝐺1 , 𝐺2 , 𝐺3 ,……..,𝐺𝑛 be are in GP, then
➢ Properties of Geometric Progression (a) 𝐺1 , 𝐺2 , 𝐺3 ,……..,𝐺𝑛 , are called n GM’s
(i) If all the terms of GP are multiplied or divided between a and b, where
by same non-zero constant, then the resulting 1
b n+1
sequence is also a GP with the same common G1 = ar = a ( ) ,
a
ratio. 2
(ii) The reciprocal of terms of a given GP also form b n+1
G2 = ar 2 = a ( )
a GP. a
(iii)If each term of a GP is raised to same power, : : :
n
then the resulting sequence also forms a GP. b n+1
(iv) If the terms of a GP are chosen at regular Gn = ar n = a ( ) and
a
intervals, then the resulting sequence is also a 1
GP. 𝑏 𝑛+1
𝑟=( )
(v) If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 , … . . , 𝑎𝑛 are non-zero and 𝑎
nonnegative term of a GP, then log𝑎1 , log𝑎2 , (b) Product of n GM’s,
log𝑎3 , ....., log𝑎𝑛 are in an AP and vice-versa 𝐺1 × 𝐺2 × 𝐺3 …….𝐺𝑛 = 𝐺 𝑛 , where 𝐺 =
√𝑎𝑏

76
➢ Harmonic Progression (iii)If H is HM between a and b, then
➢ A sequence 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 ,…., 𝑎𝑛 , ….. of non-zero (a) (H − 2a)(H − 2𝑏) = 𝐻 2
numbers is called a Harmonic Progression (HP), 1 1 1 1
(b) 𝐻−𝑎 + 𝐻−𝑏 = 𝑎 + 𝑏
1 1 1 1
if the sequence 𝑎 , 𝑎 , 𝑎 ……, 𝑎 , …. Is in AP. H+a H+b
1 2 3 𝑛 (c) + H−b = 2
H−a
➢ nth Term (or General Term) of Harmonic ➢ Properties of AM, GM and HM between Two
Progression Numbers
(i) nth term of the HP from the beginning 1. If A, G and H are arithmetic, geometric and
1
an = harmonic means of two positive numbers a and
1 1 1
(n
a1 + − 1) (a2 − a1 )
b, then
𝑎+𝑏 2𝑎𝑏
a1 a 2 (i) 𝐴 = , 𝐺 = √𝑎𝑏, 𝐻 = 𝑎+𝑏
= 2
a2 + (n − 1)(a1 − a2 ) (ii) A ≥ G ≥ H
th
(ii) n term of the HP from the end (iii)G2 = AH and so A, G, H are in GP.
1 𝐴, if 𝑛 = 0
𝑎𝑛′ = 𝑎𝑛+1 +𝑏 𝑛+1
1 1 1 (iv) 𝑛 𝑛 = {𝐺, if 𝑛 = − 2
1
− (𝑛 − 1) (𝑎 − 𝑎 )
𝑙 2 1
𝑎 +𝑏
a1 a 2 𝑙 𝐻, if 𝑛 = −1
= , ➢ Exponential Series
a1 a2 − 𝑙(n − 1)(a1 − a2 ) 1 1 1 1
where 𝑙 is the last term. ➢ The sum of the series 1 + 1! + 2! + 3! + 4! +…∞
1 1 1 1 1 1 is denoted by the number e.
(iii)𝑎 + 𝑎′ = 𝑎 + 𝑙 = First term of HP + Last term of HP
𝑛 𝑛 1 1 1 1
1 ∴ e = 1 + 1! + 2! + 3! + 4! +…
(iv) 𝑎𝑛 = 𝑎+(𝑛−1)𝑑, if a, d are the first term and
(i) e lies between 2 and 3.
common difference of the corresponding AP. (ii) e is an irrational number.
𝑥 𝑥2 𝑥3
Note: There is no formula for determining the sum (iii)e𝑥 = 1 + + + + ⋯ ∞, 𝑥 ∈ R
1! 2! 3!
of harmonic series. 𝑥 𝑥2 𝑥3
(iv) e−𝑥 = 1 − 1! + − + ⋯ ∞, 𝑥 ∈ R
2! 3!
AP = 2, 5, 8, 11 .... 𝑎
(v) For any 𝑎 > 0, 𝑎 = 𝑒 𝑥log𝑒 𝑥
1 1 1 1 𝑥2
HP = , , , = 1 + 𝑥(log e a) + (log e a)2
2 5 8 11 2!
𝑥3
➢ Harmonic Mean + (log e a)3 + ⋯ ∞, 𝑥 ∈ R
(i) If a, H and b are in HP, then H is called the 3!
(vi) Sum of first n even natural numbers.
harmonic mean of a and b and is given by 𝐻 =
2𝑎𝑏
i.e. 2+4+6+...+2n=n(n+1)
𝑎+𝑏 (vii) Sum of first n odd natural numbers.
(ii) Harmonic Mean (HM) of a1, a2, a3, ..., an is given i.e. 1+3+5+...(2n–1) = 𝑛2
by (viii)
1 1 1 1 1 1 n
= ( + + + ⋯+ ) ∑ n2 = 12 + 22 + 32 + ⋯ + n2
H n a1 a 2 a 3 an
➢ Important Results on HP r=1
n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
(i) If in a HP, 𝑎𝑚 = n and 𝑎𝑛 = m, then =
𝑚𝑛 𝑚𝑛 6
𝑎𝑚+𝑛 = , 𝑎𝑚𝑛 = 1, 𝑎𝑝 = (ix) ∑nr=1 n3 = 13 + 23 + 33 + ⋯ + n3 =
𝑚+𝑛 𝑝
n(n+1) 2
(ii) If in a HP, 𝑎𝑝 = 𝑞𝑟 and 𝑎𝑞 = 𝑝𝑟, then 𝑎𝑟 = 𝑝𝑞 [ ]
2

77
(x) (xi) Sum of n terms of series
n
12 − 22 + 32 − 42 + 52 − 62 + 72 − 82 +…
∑ n4 = 14 + 24 + 34 + ⋯ + n4 n(n + 1)
r=1
Case I when n is odd =
2
n(n + 1)(6n3 + 9n2 + n − 1) −n(n + 1)
= Case II when n is even =
30 2

78
(LCM & HCF)
➢ LCM (Least Common Multiple) ➢ The number which when divided by a, b, c

➢ The least common multiple (LCM) is leaves remainder 'r' in each case =
defined as the smallest multiple that two or LCM(a,b,c) × k + r
more number have in common. ➢ The number which when divided by a, b, c
➢ LCM of the any two number is the value respectively gives remainder x, y, z such
that is completely divisible by the two that common difference (d) = a–x = b–y =
given numbers. c–z
➢ number = LCM (a, b, c)k – d
Ex. Find LCM of 36, 45.
➢ HCF (Highest common factor)
36 → 36,72,108,144,180,216,252 … ➢ HCF is used to find the highest common
factors of any two or more given integers.
45 → 45,90,135,180, 225,270 … ➢ In other words HCF is the largest positive
LCM (36,45) → 180 (Least common integer that divides each of the given
multiple of both) integers.
➢ Find LCM of 24, 30, 36. Ex. Find HCF of 40, 64.
24 → 23 × 31 40 → (1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40)
30 → 21 × 31 × 5
36 → 22 × 32 64 → (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64)
LCM = 23 × 32 × 51 (Take max. power of common-factors of 40, 64 ⇒ [1, 2, 4, ]
each) = 8 × 9 × 5 = 360 HCF=8
➢ Find LCM of 55, 66, 60.
55 → 5 × 11 LCM = 22 × 3 × 5 × 11 = HCF is the greatest common number which
𝟔𝟔𝟎 divide all the given numbers.
66 → 2 × 3 × 11 ➢
60 → 22 × 3 × 5
➢ Find LCM of 13, 29, 41.
40: 64 42: 66
5: 8 7: 11
➢ HCF of two no. = H Ratio of no's = Hx :
➢ Find LCM of 55, 66, 60. Hy
Numbers = Hx, Hy x : y
𝑥, 𝑦 → co-prime
LCM = H𝑥𝑦
How to find HCF
➢ Product of co-prime number = their LCM ➢ Factorization Method
➢ Find HCF of 168, 294, 420

79
168 → 23 × 3 × 7
Take minimum power of common in all
294 → 2 × 3 × 72 ∴ HCF ⇒ 2 × 3 ×
7 = 𝟒𝟐
420 → 22 × 3 × 5 × 7
➢ Difference Method HCF of (1008, 1323) = 63
➢ HCF of two numbers =H Diff. = Hx – Hy 1722 not divisible by 9 ∴ Remove 9 from
Numbers = Hx, Hy = H(x–y) 63
x,y → co-prime ↓ Hence not divisible by 63
HCF = diff. → 1722 divisible by 21
fector ∴ HCF (1008, 1323, 1722) = 21
➢ 693, 945
HCF = 63
HCF of 2 numbers can not be greater than

their difference.
➢
1,2,1,3 → successive quotient

∴ HCF = difference = 𝟖 ➢ Note: If 2 or 3 numbers are even their HCF
➢ will be even. If any one number is odd their
HCF can not be even.
𝑑 = 85 → 17 × 5 ➢ If HCF of 2 numbers = H ∴ LCM = Hxy
➢ Nos. → Hx, Hy Diff. = H(x–y)
𝑥, 𝑦 → co-prime Sum = H(x+y)
∴ HCF is present in lcm, difference & sum
of the numbers.
18, 30 HCF = 6
∴ Both number divisible by 23

Both are even number
∴ HCF = 23 × 2 = 46 ➢ H𝑥 × H𝑦 = H𝑥𝑦 × H
➢ I × II = LCM × HCF
H 2 𝑥𝑦 = H 2 𝑥𝑦
➢ I × II = LCM × HCF
⇒ 1st no. × 2nd no. = LCM × HCF
➢ 'K' is the largest number which when divide
19 divide all 3 a, b, c gives same remainder 'r' & quotients
∴ HCF = 19 are x, y, z respectively
➢

80
a − b, b − c, c−a
↓ ↓ ↓
k(𝑥 − 𝑦) k(𝑦 − 𝑧) k(𝑧 − 𝑥)
a = k𝑥 + r b = k𝑦 + r c = k𝑧 + r
∴ K = HCF[a − b, b − c, c − a]
𝑎 𝑐 𝑒 LCM(𝑎,𝑐,𝑒)
➢ LCM [𝑏 , 𝑑 , 𝑓] → HCF(𝑏,𝑑,𝑓)
𝑎 𝑐 𝑒 HCF(𝑎, 𝑐, 𝑒)
HCF [ , , ] →
𝑏 𝑑 𝑓 LCM(𝑏, 𝑑, 𝑓)
➢ HCF[a ± 1, a ± 1] = 𝐚HCF(n,m) ± 𝟏
n m

81
(Line & Angle)
Line and Angle ➢ Transversal Line: A line which interests

(touches) two or more lines at distinct point is
➢ Point: Zero dimension figure or a circle with
called transversal lines of the given lines.
zero radius.
➢ Parallel lines: two or more line that never
➢ Line: One dimension figure line is a set of points
intersects L || M
having only length with no ends. _____
➢ Line segment: A line with a fixed length.
➢ Ray: A line with uni-direction length. AB || CD and EF is transversal line
➢ Angle: inclination between two sides is called

angle.
∠ABC = 𝜃
➢ Complementary Angle : If sum of two angles is Corresponding angles ⇒ ∠1 = ∠5, ∠4 = ∠8

90° then they are commentary to each other. ∠2 = ∠6, ∠3 = ∠7
➢ Complementary Angle
Alternate Angles ⇒ ∠3 = ∠5, ∠4 = ∠6
∘
𝛼 + 𝛽 = 90 ∠4 + ∠5 = 180∘
∠3 + ∠6 = 180∘
➢ If AB || CD then find the value of 𝛼 + 𝛽 + 𝛾?
Supplementary Angle : If sum of two angles is
180º then they are supplementary to each other.
Supplementary Angles
𝛼 + 𝛽 = 180∘
➢ Angle Complementary Supplementary 𝜶 + 𝜷 + 𝜸 = 𝟑𝟔𝟎∘

➢
Supplementary angle of an angle is 90° more

than complementary angle.
𝐛= 𝐚+𝐜+𝒙

82
a:b:c=p:q:r
𝑎 𝑝
=
𝑎+𝑏+𝑐 𝑝+𝑞+𝑟
➢
Sum of angle on RHS = LHS
α + θ = α +θ
AB DE m
= =
BC EF n
an + bm
BE =
m+n

83
Types of Triangles
Triangle
➢ A triangle is a 3-sides polygon that consists of
three edges and three vertices.
➢ 3 sides, 3 vertices, 3 altitudes, 3 angles
three unequal sides
three unequal angles
∠A ≠ ∠B ≠ ∠C & a ≠ b ≠ c
By Angle
➢ Acute Angle Triangle
∘
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
1 1 1
Area ⇒ 2 × a × h1 = 2 bh2 = 2 ch3 =
1
× Base × Corresponding height.
2
⇒ 𝑎ℎ1 = 𝑏2 = 𝑐3 = constant All three angle < 90°
1 1 1
ℎ1 : ℎ2 : ℎ3 = 𝑎 : 𝑏 : 𝑐 ➢ Right Angle Triangle
Type of Triangle
By side
➢ Equilateral Triangle One angle is 90°. ∠B = 90° and ∠A + ∠C = 90°
➢ Obtuse Angle Triangle
Equilateral triangle has 3 equal sides, each angle

60° One angle > 90°
➢ Isosceles Triangle ➢ Let ∠B = largest angle
∴ side AC = b = largest side
two equal sides

two angle same
➢ Scalene Triangle Let ∠C = smallest angle
∴ side AB = c = smallest side
➢ Inequality of triangle

84
The triangle inequality states that for any triangle
the sum of the lengths of any two sides must be
greater than the length of the remaining side.
➢ |b–c| < a < b + c
∠C = largest
side c = largest
|a–c| < b < a + c 𝐜 𝟐 < 𝐚𝟐 + 𝐛𝟐
|a–b| < c < a + b II. Right Angle Triangle
➢ Inequality of Triangle
eg→ 4, 9, 15 Δ not possible ∵ 4 + 9 < 15
5, 10, 15 Δ not possible ∵ 5 + 10 = 15
7, 12, 15 Δ is possible ∵ 7 + 12 > 15
OR 7 + 15 > 12 OR 12 + 15 > 7
∠C = largest
side c = largest
𝐜 2 < 𝐚2 + 𝐛2
III. Obtuse Angle Triangle
Sum of any two sides is always greater than 3rd
side.
a+b>c⇒b>c-a
c>a>b>a–c ∠C = largest
c + a > b ⇒ ∴ |c – a| < b < c + a side c = largest
Difference of any two sides is always less than 3rd 𝐜 𝟐 < 𝐚𝟐 + 𝐛𝟐
side. ➢ Side of triangle: 11.7, 16.9, 23.4. which type of Δ
➢ If 10, 17, x are sides of a Δ, x → integer it is?
Then 7 < x < 27 Take ratio of sides 11.7 : 16.9 : 23.4
∴ x → {8, 9, 10, .... 26} 9 : 13 : 18
𝑥𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 8, 𝑥𝑚𝑎𝑥 = 26 2 2 2
18 > 9 + 13 ∴ Δ is obtuse angle triangle.
𝑥total = 19 values possible
∴ 19 Δ's possible Triplets
Possible values of x = 2 × small side -1 ➢
⇒ 2 × 10 – 1 = 19
Relation between 3 sides of Triangle
I. Acute Angle Triangle
𝑏 2 = 𝑐 2 + 𝑎2
(3,4,5), (5,12,13), (7,24,25),
(8,15,17), (9,40,41), (11,60,61),

85
(12,35,37), (16,63,65), (13,84,85), A+B = 180° – C
(20,21,29), (28,45,53), (33,56,65),
(39,80,89), (36,77,85), (65, 72, 97),
(20, 99, 101)
multiplication and division on these triplets will
also result in triplets. sum of all exterior angles = 360°
×2
(5,12,13) → (10, 24, 26) Types of Angles
(3,4,5) → (6,8,10), (9,12,15), (12,16,20),
(15,20,25) ➢ Acute Angle
Ex: 1→
➢ Right Angle
➢ Obtuse Angle →
Ex: 2→
➢ Straight or line angle
➢ Reflex Angle
Ex: 3→
180° < θ < 360°
➢ Complete Angle
3rd side = 6√7 × √21 − 9 = 6√7 × √12 =

12√21 Angle Bisector
Ex: 4→ ➢
➢ Exterior angle is equal to sum of opposite interior

angles.
A+B+C = 180° BE → exterior angle bisector of ∠ABC

86
2α + 2θ = 180° ➢
α + θ = 90°
∴ Angle between internal angle bisector and
external angle bisector of an angle is 90°.
BD is interior angle bisector of ∠ABC
➢ Vertically Opposite Angle
x° = 36° + 21° + 19° = 76°
➢ Some other properties
a+b=𝑥+𝑦
𝑥1 + 𝑦1 = a∘
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = b∘
𝛼 + 𝛽 + 𝛾 = 3 × 360∘ − 180∘ = 900∘ 𝑥1 + 𝑥2 + 𝑦1 + 𝑦2 = a + b
➢ x+y=a+b
➢ Altitude / Height / Perpendicular
The perpendicular drawn from the vertex of the
triangle to the opposite side.
𝜃1 + 𝜃2 = 180∘ + ∠A
➢ If angles of a Δ are in A.P., middle angle is always
60°
(a – d), a, (a + d)
∴ a – d + a + a + d = 180° ➢ Angle bisector
A line that splits an angle into two equal angles
3a = 180°
a = 60°
∴ A + C = 120° & B = 60°
∠A ∠B ∠C
↓
60∘− 60∘ 60∘+
AD is the angle bisector of ∠BAC, BD and DC
➢
need not be equal
Median
➢ Line drawn from a vertex to opposite side which
∠B (internal) = 360° – (x + y + z) divides the opposite side into equal parts.
∠B (external) = x°+y°+z°

87
AE → Angle bisector of ∠A
AD is the median of side BC

Perpendicular bisector ∠B − ∠C
∠DAE =
2
➢ The line segment that is drawn from a vertex to ∠A
the opposite side bisecting it at right angle. ∠DAE = − 90∘ + ∠B
2
∠A ∠A ∠B ∠C
= − − − + ∠B
2 2 2 2
∠A ∠B ∠C
∵ + + = 90∘
2 2 2
∠B ∠C ∠B − ∠C
= − =
O = circumcentre 2 2 2
➢ A+B+C = 180°
Cevian
➢ Cevian → Any random line which joins vertex to
opposite side
∠B+∠C 180∘ −∠A

➢ ∠A = 180∘ − (∠B + ∠C) ⇒ 2 = 2
∠B + ∠C
AD, AE are cevians ∠BIC = 180∘ − ( )
2
➢ Δ ABC is scalene 180∘ − ∠A ∠A
= 180∘ − ( ) = 90∘ +
2 2
∠𝐴
∴ ∠𝐵𝐼𝐶 = 90∘ +
2
➢
AC > AB
∴ ∠ B > ∠C
⊥ AD will be near to largest among B and C i.e

angle ∠B and far from small angle ∠ C. ∠𝐴
∠𝐵𝑂𝐶 = 90∘ −
2
AE → Angle bisector of ∠A ∘
∠A = 2(90 − ∠BOC)
AF → median i.e. BF = FC
➢ AD → Altitude

88
➢ In any quadrilateral bisector of ∠A & ∠B meet at
P.
∠𝐂 + ∠𝐃
∠𝐀𝐏𝐁 =
𝟐
A B
∠APB = 180∘ − ( + )
2 2
C D
∠APB = +
2 2
∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D = 360∘
∠A ∠B ∠C ∠D 360∘
+ + + = = 180∘
2 2 2 2 2
∠A ∠B C D
180∘ − ( + )= +
2 2 2 2
Bisector of ∠C and ∠D meet at R ∠𝐴
∠𝐀 + ∠𝐁 ∠𝐵𝐼𝐶 = 90∘ + 2
∴ ∠𝐃𝐑𝐂 = ∘ ∠𝐴
𝟐 ∠𝐵𝑂𝐶 = 90 −
∠P + ∠R = 180∘ 2
∠S + ∠Q = 180∘ AIO will be a straight line and bisect angle.

∴ □ PQRS will be a cyclic quadrilateral. ∠BIC + ∠BOC = 180∘
BICO will be a cyclic quadrilateral.

89
Area side properties
Area of triangle ℎ
1 sin 𝐵 = ⇒ ℎ = 𝐶 sin 𝐵
➢ Area of Δ = 0 × base × height 𝑐
ℎ
sin 𝐶 = ⇒ ℎ = 𝑏 sin 𝐶
𝑏
𝑐 𝑏
𝐶 sin 𝐵 = 𝑏 sin 𝐶 ⇒ =
sin 𝐶 sin 𝐵
1 1 1
∴ Δ = 𝑎𝑐sin 𝐵 = 𝑎𝑏sin 𝐶 = 𝑏𝑐 sin 𝐴
Area of Δ = √𝑠(𝑠 − 𝑎)(𝑠 − 𝑏)(𝑠 − 𝑐) 2 2 2
➢ In any ΔABC, AD ⊥ BC Side-Angle ratio of some triangles
➢
𝐀𝐁 𝟐 + 𝐎𝐂 𝟐 = 𝐎𝐁 𝟐 + 𝐀𝐂 𝟐
O is any point on altitude
Sine Rule
45∘ 45∘ 90∘
↓ ↓ ↓
sides ⇒ 1: 1: √2
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
= = = 𝐾 (constant)
sin 𝐴 sin 𝐵 sin 𝐶
a:b:c = KsinA : KsinB : KsinC
a:b:c = sin30° : sin60° : sin90°
a:b:c = sinA : sinB : sinC 1 √3
: :1
2 2
1
Area of △ ABC = × base × height 𝐚: 𝐛: 𝐜 = 𝟏: √𝟑: 𝟐
2
1
Area of Δ = ×a×h
2
1
= × 𝑎 × 𝑐 sin 𝐵
2

90
𝑎2 𝑛 + 𝑏 2 𝑚 = 𝑥 2 𝑐 + 𝑚𝑛𝑐
In isosceles triangle a = b
a2n+a2m = x2c+ mnc
a2 = x2 +mn
a2 =a2-mn
Interior Angle bisector theorem
⇒ 𝒂: 𝒃: 𝒄 = √𝟑 − 𝟏: √𝟑 + 𝟏: 𝟐√𝟐
AB BD
= DC
AC
⇒ 𝒂: 𝒃: 𝒄 = 𝟏: 𝟏: √𝟑 Length of Angle bisector

Cosine Rule ➢ CD is angle bisector of ∠BCA
➢
x2 = ab – mn
Exterior Angle bisector theorem
𝑏 2 +𝑐 2 −𝑎2 2 2 2
cos 𝐴 = ⇒ 𝑎 = 𝑏 + 𝑐 − 2𝑏𝑐 ⋅ cos 𝐴
2𝑏𝑐
𝑐 2 +𝑎2 −𝑏 2
cos 𝐵 = ⇒ 𝑏 2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑐 2 − 2𝑎𝑐𝑐𝑜𝑠𝐵
2𝑐𝑎
𝑎2 +𝑏 2 −𝑐 2
cos 𝐶 = ⇒ 𝑐 2 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏 cos 𝐶
2𝑎𝑏
Stewarts Theorem
➢
AB DB
=
AC DC
1
Ar △ADB ×AD×BD×sin 𝜃 BD
➢ =1 2
= DC
Ar △ADC ×AD×DC×sin (180−𝜃)
2

91
∴ ratio cevian base divide Area ratio divide
If AD is median BD = DC
∴ Ar ΔADB = Ar ΔADC
Ar ΔABC = Ar ΔABD
If AB || CD, same parallel line same base Δ Area

92
Similarity of triangles
➢ Similarity of triangles : Two triangles are similar if they Angle bisector1 = median1
Angle bisector 2 median2
have the same ratio of corresponding sides and equal pair 𝑟 𝑅1 perimeter of △𝐴𝐵𝐶
1
of corresponding angles. = 𝑟 = 𝑅 = perimeter of △DEF
2 2
➢ Similarity of triangles : size may be different but shape Area of △ABC 12×BC×h1
should be same. =1
Area of △DEF ×EF×h2
2
BC 2 AC 2 AB 2
=( ) =( ) =( )
EF DF DE
= Ratio of square of corresponding length
Thales Theorem
If a line (DE) is drawn parallel to one side of
triangle (BC) then it will divide other two sides
in the same ratio. Hence AD : DB = AE : EC
DE || BC
➢ If two angle is same in a triangle then third angle will be

similar.
∠A = ∠D
∠B = ∠E ] corresponding
∠C = ∠F
△ ADE ∼△ ABC
AD AE DE
= AC =
AB BC
If AD : DB = 8:5
Ar △ADE 64 64
= 169−64 = 105
Ar ◻DECB
Convergence of thales theorem
sides opposite to corresponding angles is called If D & E two points on AB and AC such that
corresponding sides. AD AE
= then DE ∥ BC
DB EC
Δ ABC-ΔDEF
BC AC AB Mid point theorem
∴ = DF = DE
EF
➢ In similar triangle ratio of each corresponding ➢ The line segment in a triangle joining the mid
length is (equal) points of two sides of triangle will be parallel
BC AC AB ℎ to its third side and is also half of the length of
= DF = DE = ℎ1
EF 2
third side.

93
➢ D, E → mid points, AD = DB & AE = EC DE
|| BC △ ABC ∼△ EDC
BC
△ ADE ∼△ ABC, DE = 2
Ar ΔADE : Ar ΔABC = 1 : 4
Ar △ ADE ⋅ Ar ⊓ DECB = 1 ⋅ 3
➢ Convergence of mid point theorem
➢ If D is mid point of AB and DE || BC then E will be mid
point of AC.
Similar figure
∠C = common
∠A = ∠ADC = θ (given)
∴ 3rd angle will be equal ∠ABC = ∠DAC
∴△ 𝐀𝐁𝐂 ∼△ 𝐃𝐀𝐂
AB || C
ΔAOB ∼ ΔCOD
A = common
ABC = ADE = θ (given)
∴ 3rd angle will also be equal
∴△ ABC ∼△ ADE
➢ If we make a right angle triangle in an right
angle triangle then big and small right triangle
are always similar
h1 10
= 14
ℎ2
h1 : h2 ⇒ 5: 7

94
𝑥𝑦
𝑍 = 𝑥+𝑦
𝑧 CP 𝑧 AP
= CA & 𝑦 = AC
𝑥
∴ Ar Δ AOD = Ar Δ𝐵𝑂𝐶
𝑧 𝑧 CP+AP 𝑧 𝑧 AC
+𝑦= ⇒ 𝑥 + 𝑦 = AC = 1 (In a trapezium triangle formed on non-parallel
𝑥 AC
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 sides have equal area)
+𝒚= 𝒛
𝒙 K×K=a×b
In any quadrilateral 𝐊 = √𝐚𝐛
Medial Triangle
𝐴1 × 𝐴2 = 𝐴3 × 𝐴4
𝐴1 𝐴4
P, Q, R are mid points
= 𝐴2 1
𝐴3 Perimeter of ΔPQR = 2 × perimeter of △ ABC
1
In a trapezium Area of △ PQR = 4 × Area of △ ABC

95
Congruency of triangle
Congruency of triangle
➢ Two triangles are said to be congruent if all
three corresponding sides are equal and all the
three corresponding angles are equal.
➢ Congruency of triangle → size and shape is
same △ ABC ≅△ DEF ΔADB ≅△ ADC
AD → ⊥ angle bisector of ∠A AD →
AD → Median
AD → ⊥ bisector of BC
AD → All 4 centres lie on AD.
Condition of congruency
I. SSS (side-side-side) → Corresponding
sides are equal.
II. SAS (side-angel-side) → Two side and

angle between them is equal.
➢ △ PCA ≅△ PCB
PA = PB
P is any point
Mass point geometry
III. ASA (Angle-side-angle) → Two angle and
side between them is equal.
m1 𝑙1 = m2 𝑙2
𝑚1 𝑙
= 𝑙2
IV. RHS (Right angle-hypotenuse-side)→ 𝑚2 1

96
l→8:5
↓ × 0.6
4.8m
×0.6
Find x = ? ∴ 13 ⟶ 7.8
5 𝑥 100 Ceva's Theorem

= 48 ⇒ 𝑥 = k
7.2 3
➢ In ΔABC, AD, BE and CF are the cevians
= 𝟑𝟑. 𝟑 𝐤𝐠 i.e. any line from vertex to opposite side.
Find 𝑙 = ?
m → 45 : 72 𝐴𝐹 𝐵𝐷 𝐶𝐸
× × =1
5:8 𝐹𝐵 𝐷𝐶 𝐸𝐴

97
Centre of Triangle
➢
∠B
∠AIC = 90∘ + 2
∘ ∠C
∠AIB = 90 + 2
a+b+c
➢ In △ ABC → = Semi-perimeter (s)
2
∴ Area △ ABC = Δ = r × s
𝚫
𝐫= 𝐬
Area
Incentre (I) Inradius = Semiperimeter
➢ Incentre is the intersection point of all three internal angle ΔABC = ΔBIC + ΔAIC + ΔAIB (Area)
1 1 1 a+b+c
bisectors of ΔABC. Δ = 2 ar + 2 br + 2 cr = r ( 2 ) = r × s
➢ If altitudes h1, h2, h3 are given then
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
= 𝒉 + 𝒉 + 𝒉 (Result)
𝒓 𝟏 𝟐 𝟑
➢
➢ Centre of incircle is called incentre and its radius is called AI b+c

inradius (r) =
ID a
BI c+a
➢ Incentre always lies inside the triangle. =
IE b
➢ Incentre is equidistant from all three sides of triangle. CI a+b
=
IF c
P is any point on angle bisector of ∠AOB

𝑃̅ 𝑅̅ = 𝑃̅ 𝑄̅ PA = PB
➢ ID = IE = IF = r, ΔADI ≅ ΔAFI ΔAOP ≅ ΔBOP
∠A In right angle triangle
➢ ∠BIC = 90∘ + 2

98
➢
𝐏+𝐁−𝐇 S=x+y+z
𝐫= 𝟐 Area of (Δ)ΔABC = √(𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧) ⋅ 𝑥𝑦𝑧
P−r+B−r=H
Δ 𝑥𝑦𝑧(𝑥+𝑦+𝑧)
P+B−H r= =√
=r s 𝑥+𝑦+𝑧
2
Distance between orthocentre and incentre = OI= √𝟐𝐫 𝑥𝑦𝑧
𝐫 = √𝑥+𝑦+𝑧
Sides (triplet) Radius (r)
(3, 4, 5) r=1 In any quadrilateral
(3k, 4k, 5k) r=k
(39, 52, 65) r = 13 ➢
For equilateral Triangle
(𝑎+𝑏)−(𝑐+𝑑)
𝑃𝑄 = 2
➢
Point = I, O, G, H (lie at same place P)
AP = R, PD = r
√3
h = AD = a
2
√3
Δ ×𝑎2 𝑎 𝐡
4
𝑟= = 3𝑎 ⇒ 𝑟 = 2√3 , 𝑟 = 3
𝑠
2
2ℎ 𝑎
𝑅= = r1 1−sin 𝜃
3 √3 = 1+sin 𝜃
R 2 Area of circumcircle 4 r2
| r = 1| , =1
Area of incircle

99
In an Equilateral Triangle
➢
➢
𝐫 = √r1 r2 + √r2 r3 + √r3 r1
➢
1
r 1 − sin 30∘ 1 − 2 1
= = =
R 1 + sin 30∘ 1 + 1 3
2
r 1
∴R=3
Area small circle 1
=9
Area large circle
➢ A circile is inscribed in ΔABC. Three tangents BI = √ab = √2r

PQ, RS and TU are drawn of this circle PQ || r = radius of ΔABC
AB, RS || AC and TU || BC. Three others BI √ab
r= =
incircle are also drawn as shown in figure find √2 √2
correct relation? In Any Triangle
➢
r = r1 + r2 + r3
➢ Find relation between r, r1, r2, r3?
DE || BC
I = Incentre (I)
DE = BD + EC

100
Circumcentre and Orthocentre
Circumcentre
➢ Intersection of all 3 perpendicular bisectors.
𝑎 𝑎
sin 𝐴 = 2𝑅 ⇒ 𝐑 = 2sin 𝐴
➢ Centre of circumcircle is called circumcentre

(O) 𝑥
R = 2sin 𝜃
➢ Radius of circumcircle is called circumradius 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
(R) 𝑅 = 2sin 𝐴 = 2sin 𝐵 = 2sin 𝐶
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
➢ O is equidistant from all 3 vertex of ΔABC ∴ sin 𝐴 = sin 𝐵 = sin 𝐶 = 2𝑅
➢ OA = OB = OC = R 1
Area of triangle (Δ) = 2 bcsin
➢ Circumcentre may lie inside, outside or on the
2Δ
Δ. A ⇒ sin A = bc
➢ O is the intersection of all 3 ⊥ bisectors of sides a abc abc
∴R= 2Δ ⇒R= or Δ =
➢ ∠BOC = 2∠A; ∠AOB = 2∠C; ∠AOC = 2∠B 2×
bc
4Δ 4R
Position of circumcentre
A. Acute angle triangle (Inside the) :
∠BOC = 2𝜃 + 2𝛼 = 2(𝜃 + 𝛼) = 2∠A

➢ Circumradius (R)
OA = OB = OC = R
O = Circumcentre

101
B. Right angle triangle (Mid point of hypotenuse):- BI (Distance between orthcentre and incentre)
= 𝑟√2 = 4√2 cm
Distance between orthocentre and circumcentre
⇒ BO = R = 20.5
BG (Distance between orthocentre and centroid)
ℎ 41 2
=3= = 13 3 cm
3
OA = OB = OC = R C. Obtuse angle triangle (Outside triangle)

𝐀𝐁
AB = Hypotenuse 𝐑 = 𝟐
2𝜃 + 2𝛼 = 180∘
𝜃 + 𝛼 = 90∘
Hypotenuse H
R= =
2 2
➢ For any triangle distance between incentre and

circumcentre (d)
𝑑 = √𝑅 2 − 2𝑅 ⋅ 𝑟
R → Circumradius
r → Inradius
BO = R = distance between orthocentre and d ≥ zero
circumcentre = median of hypotenuse = ∴ R2 − 2Rr ≥ O ⇒ R2 ≥ 2Rr ⇒ R ≥ 2r
𝐻 R
shortest median = ∴ ≥2
2 r
BG : GO = 2 : 1 Ex. → r = 6, R = 11.2 cm, find area of Δ
GO → distance between centroid and R 11.2
𝑅 𝐻
≥ 2 Here < 2; No Δ is possible.
r 6
circumcentre = =
3 6 ∴ Area cannot be determined.
Example
Orthocentre
➢ Orthocentre (H) is intersection of all there altitude
of a Δ and may lie inside, upon outside the Δ
41
R= = 20.5 cm
2
9+40−41
r= 2
= 4 cm 1 1 1
Area = 2 ah1 = 2 bh2 = 2 ch3

102
ah1 = bh2 = ch3 = 2 × Area ➢ Position of orthocentre
1 1 1
ℎ1 : ℎ2 : ℎ3 = : : A. Acute angle triangle:- Always inside the triangle
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
➢ AB + BC + CA > AD + BE + CF;
B. Right angle triangle (On 90° vertex):
AB > AD, BC > BE, AC > CF
AB + BC + AC > AD + BE + CF
➢ ∠BHC = 180° – ∠A
∠AHC = 180° – ∠B
∠AHB = 180° – ∠C
In Quad AFHE
∠F = ∠E = 90° eac
∠A + ∠H = 180°
∠H =180°– ∠A
∴ ∠BHC = 180° –∠A
➢ H → Orthocentre
OB = Distance between orthocenter and
O→ Circumcentre H
circumcentre = R = 2
C. Obtuse angle triangle (Outside triangle):-
∠AOC = (90 − 𝜃) × 2 = 180 − 2𝜃

∠OAC = ∠OCA = 𝜃
∴ ∠𝐁𝐀𝐇 = ∠𝐎𝐀𝐂
➢
Euler's line
➢ In any triangle H, G, O always in a straight line
AH × HD = BH × HE = CH × HF
ΔAHE ~BHD
AH HE
BH
= HD
HG 2
⇒AH×HD=BH×HE =1
GO

103
ΔAHG∼ΔEOG △AEF∼△ABC
HG
=1=
2 AH ➢ Interior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral is equal
GO OE
to the opposite exterior angle.
If h1, h2, h3 are 3 altitudes of a triangle
ℎ ℎ ℎ ℎ
Then ℎ 1+ℎ2 < ℎ3 < ℎ 1−ℎ2
1 2 1 2
1 1 1
Δ = 2 ah1 = 2 bh2 = 2 ch3
2Δ 2Δ 2Δ
a= 𝑏, = ,c =
h1 h2 h3
|a – b | < C < | a + b |
2Δ 2Δ 2Δ 2Δ 2Δ n circle of equal radii r are made on side 'BC'.
|h − h | < |h | < |h + h |
1 2 3 1 2
Area Δ ABC
ℎ1 ℎ2 ℎ1 ℎ2 𝑟= 𝑠+(𝑛−1)⋅ℎ
> ℎ3 > ℎ
ℎ1 −ℎ2 1 +ℎ2
s = semi-perimeter
➢

104
Centroid
Centroid
➢ Centroid is the intersection point of all 3
medians of triangle.
➢ Median divides the triangle into two equal
areas.
➢ Centroid always lies inside the triangle.
2
AG = 3 AD
1
GD = 3 AD
Apollonius theorem
➢ 6 triangle made by 3 medians have equal area ➢ To find length of median.
1
➢ Area of each triangle = 6 Area of △ ABC
Area △ AGC = Area △ AGB = Area ΔBGC =

1
Area ΔABC
3
cos (180°–θ) = – cos θ

𝐵𝐶 2
𝐴𝐵 2 + 𝐴𝐶 2 = 2 (𝐴𝐷2 + )
4
➢ Centroid always divides median in the ratio 2 : 1. ➢
AG BG CG 2
= GE = GF = 1
GD
BC2
AB2 + AC2 = 2 (AD2 + )
4

105
AB 2 + BC2 = 2 (BE 2 +
AC2
) ➢
4
AB2
AC2 + BC2 = 2 (CF 2 + )
4
BC2 AC2
2(AB2 + BC2 + AC2 ) = 2AD2 + + 2BE 2 + +
2 2
AB2
2CF 2 + 2
3(AB2 + BC2 + CA2 ) = 4(AD2 + BE 2 + CF 2 )

AB2 +BC2 +CA2 4 AO : OG : GD = 3 : 1 : 2
=3
AD2 +BE2 +CF2
△AFE∼△ABC
AB+BC+CA 4
1 < AD+BE+CF < 3
Let AD = 6 unit
GB + GC > BC
∴ AG:GD=2:1
GA + GC > AC
∴ AG = 4 unit and GD = 2 unit
AG + BG > AB 6
F, E are mid points ⇒ AO = OD = 2 = 3 unit
2
AG = 3 AD
OG = AG – AO = 4 – 3 = 1 unit
2
BG = 3 BE ∴ AO : OG : GD = 3 : 1 : 2
2 1
CG = 3 CF Area of Δ GEF = 12 Area Δ of 𝐴𝐵𝐶
2 (AG + BG + CG) > AB + BC + CA ➢

2
2 × 3 (AD + BE + CF) > AB + BC + CA
4 (AD + BE + CF) > 3 (AB + BC + CA

➢ AB + AC > 2AD
AB + BC > 2BE
AC + BC > 2CF
2 (AB + BC + CA) > 2 (AD + BE + CF) ΔEFG∼ΔBCG
∴ AB+BC+AC>AD+BE+CF Side → 1: 2
𝐴𝐵+𝐵𝐶+𝐴𝐶
∴ 𝐴𝐷+𝐵𝐸+𝐶𝐹 > 1 Area → 1: 4
Area △ABC = Ar △BGC × 3 = 4 × 3 = 12

△GEF 1
∴ △ABC = 12

106
Area △ EFG = Area △ DFG = Area △ DEG = If AG = BC or AD = 1.5 BC
1
⇒ ∠BGC = 90∘
∴ Area △DEF = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 unit
Right Angle Triangle
Area △ DEF 3 1
∴ = 12 = 4
Area △𝐴𝐵𝐶
➢ If two medians of a △ intersect each other at 90°
AO = OC = OB = R
BO = Hypotenuse median = Shortest median
AB2 + AC2 = 5BC2
H
2 2 AB2 =R=
𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 2
4
H H
AC2 BG = 3 , GO = 6
𝑦 2 + 4𝑥 2 = 4
➢ If D, E are two points on BC and AC.
2 2 AB2 +AC2
5(𝑥 + 𝑦 ) = 4
5 (4x2 + 4y2) = AB2 + AC2
⇒5BC2=AB2+AC2
➢ Special case in isosceles Δ
AB = AC ⇒BE = CF
AB2 + AC2 = 5BC2 AD2 = CD2 + CA2
2AB2 = 5BC2 BE2 = CE2 + BC2
AB 2 5 𝐀𝐁 √𝟓
AD2 + BE 2 = + ⏟
CD2 + CE 2 + ⏟
𝐶𝐴2 + 𝐵𝐶 2
⇒ (BC ) = 2 ⇒ = DE2 𝐴𝐵2
𝐁𝐂 √𝟐
➢ ∴ AD2 + BE2 = DE2 + AB2
If D, E are mid points, AD and BE are medians,

AB
then DE = =R
2
AD2 + BE2 = DE2 + AB2

AB2
AD2 + BE 2 = + AB2
4

107
5AB2
AD2 + BE 2 = 4
Exocentre
⇒ 4(AD2 + BE2) = 5AB2
➢
⇒ CB = 2R
AD2 +BE2 5
=4
AB2
∴ 4 (AD2 + BE2) = 5 × R2
AD2 + BE 2 = 5 × 4R2
𝐀𝐃𝟐 + 𝐁𝐄𝟐 = 𝟓𝐑𝟐

4
➢ Area of △ ABC = × Area of triangle made by using
3
length of all 3 medians.
Δ
Example r1 = S−a
Length of 3 medians 15, 36, 39. Then find the area of r = Δ

2 S−b
triangle ABC.
Δ
Area of triangle made by 15, 36, 39 (triplets) r3 = S−c
1 Δ
= 2 × 15 × 36 = 270 If we make incircle in Δ ABC with radius. r then r = S
4 1 Δ Δ Δ Δ Δ4
Area of △ABC (main Δ) = × ( × 15 × 36) = r ⋅ r1 ⋅ r2 ⋅ r3 = ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ =
3 2 S S−a S−b Sc Δ2
2
360𝑐𝑚
𝐫 ⋅ 𝐫1 ⋅ 𝐫2 ⋅ 𝐫3 = Δ2
➢
Example
Find r =?
AC
BE = R = 2 Δ = 84 cm2, S = 21
AD2 + CF2 = 5.R2 84
r = 21−14 = 12 cm
AG2 + CG2 = 5BG2

108
Equilateral Triangle
Equilateral Triangle 6√6 √3 ⋅ 3√6 = 9√2 √3 ⋅ (3√6)2 = 54√3

➢ All sides are equal. Circumcircle Side of In radius
radius equilqteral Δ
↓ ↓ ↓
R : a : r
2 : 2√3 : 1
Area → 4π : 3√3 : π
➢ Circum circle : area : incircle : square
AD → median, angle bisector, altitude, ⊥
√3 Area →4π : 3√3 : π : 2
bisector of BC = a
2
ΔADB≅ΔADC
√3 √3 2
h= a Area = 𝑎
2 4
All centre lies at same point.

a 2
Circumradius (R) = ,R = 3,
√3
Circle : Square
𝑎 1
Inradius (𝑟) = 2√3 , 𝑟 = 3 ℎ
A → π : 2 or 11 : 7
R 2 Area circumcircle 4
=1∣ =1
r Area incircle
√3
➢ All 3 medians = a = Height
2
Side Height Area

↓ ↓ ↓
√3 √3 2
Isosceles Triangle
a a a
2 4
➢ Triangle in which any two sides are equal.
2
2cm √3 𝑐𝑚 √3 𝑐𝑚
2k √3 𝑘 √3 𝑘 2
28 cm 14√3 196√3

109
Area of Δ ABC = 15 × 8 = 120 cm2
Isosceles Right Angle Triangle
➢
AB = AC
All 4 centre lies on line AD. 1 H H 𝐇2
Area = 2 × × =
√ 2 √ 2 𝟒
b2 4a2 −b2
AD = √a2 − =√ = Height
4 2 Perimeter = H(√2 + 1)
𝑏
Area = 4 √4𝑎2 − 𝑏 2

110
Right angle Triangle
Right angle Triangle

➢ Triangle in which one angle is 90º.
➢ Right angle triangle is inscribed in a semi-
circle.
Make two factors at a diff. of 1.
➢ Even number
P+B−H
r= 2
2r = P + B – H
2r + H = P + B Break in two parts at the diff. of 2.
2r + 2R = P + B
2r + 2R = P + B
𝐏+𝐁 P+B−H (P+B+H)
𝐫+𝐑= ➢ r= = −H
2 2 2
R = BO = Shortest median =
𝐻 r = S – H = S – 2R ⇒ S = r + 2R
2
2 H Δ=r·S
BG = 3 R = 3
Δ = S (S – 2R)
R H
GO = =
3 6 Δ = r⋅S = r(r+2R) ⇒ Δ = r2 +2rR
How to Find Triplet?
∴ Area of right angle triangle ⇒
➢ Odd number

111
1
𝑃𝐵 = 𝑟 × 𝑆 = (𝑆 − 2𝑅) = 𝑟 2 + 2𝑟𝑅.
2
AB AD
ΔADB ∼ ΔABC ⇒ AC = AB
AB2 = AD × AC
Area of △ABC = x × y BC CD
ΔBDC ∼ ΔABC ⇒ AC = BC
s=r+x+y
BC2 = CD × AC
Δ = r⋅(r + x + u) = xy
AB2 AD
2 2 2 =
(𝑥 + r) + (𝑦 + r) = (𝑥 + 𝑦) BC2 CD
𝑥 2 + r 2 + 2r𝑥 + 𝑦 2 + r 2 + 2𝑦r = 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 2𝑥𝑦 △ABD∼△BDC

BD AD
2r (r + x + y) = 2xy ⇒ r(r + x + y) = xy ⇒ CD = BD ⇒ 𝐁𝐃2 = 𝐀𝐃 × 𝐂𝐃
➢ 𝐀𝐁×𝐁𝐂
𝐁𝐃 = 𝐀𝐂
Maximum Area of a Square Inscribed in a Triangle

𝒙𝒚
➢ Side of square (a) = 𝒙+𝒚
△ABC∼ΔASR
△ACB∼ΔCDB∼ΔADC
1 1 𝐚𝐛
ab = 2 c ⋅ p ⇒ 𝐩 =
2 𝐜
1 𝑐 1 𝑐2 1 𝑎2 +𝑏 2
= 𝑎𝑏 ⇒ 𝑝2 = 𝑎2𝑏2 ⇒ 𝑝2 =
𝑝 𝑎2 𝑏 2
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
∴ 𝒑𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
➢ a 𝑦−a
=
𝑥 𝑢
ay = xy – ax
a (x + y) = xy
➢

112
➢
𝒂𝒃
Side of square (𝒙) = 𝒂+𝒃
➢
Area of shaded part = Area of △ABC
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 𝑧2
Shaded part ⇒
𝑎𝑏
𝑐𝑝 𝑐× 𝑎𝑏𝑐
𝑐
𝑦 = 𝑐+𝑝 = 𝑎𝑏 = 𝑐 2+𝑎𝑏
𝑐+
𝑐 𝜋𝑥 2 𝜋𝑦 2 𝜋𝑧 2
= ΔABC + + −
𝒂𝒃𝒄 2 2 2
Side of square (𝒚) = 𝒂𝟐 +𝒃𝟐 +𝒂𝒃 , 𝒙 > 𝒚 𝜋 𝜋
= ΔABC + 2 𝑧 2 − 2 𝑧 2 = ΔABC
➢ AP = x and QC = y
∴ Area of shaded part = Area of △ABC
Side of square = 𝐚 = √𝒙𝒚
Scalene Triangle
ΔASP ∼ ΔRCQ
➢ All 3 side are unequal.
a y
= a ⇒ a = √𝑥𝑦
𝑥 Perimeter (P) = a + b + c
a+b+c
Semi-perimeter = 2
Area of △ 𝐴𝐵𝐶 = √𝑆(𝑆 − 𝑎)(𝑆 − 𝑏)(𝑆 − 𝑐)
Area of △ABC = r × S
abc
Area of △ ABC = 4R

113
Square and Rectangle
Square
➢ A closed figure with all 4 sides equal and all
angles 90°.
(2)2
𝜋(1)2 : 2
𝜋 : 2
11 : 7
➢ P, Q, R, S are mid points of sides of square.
PQRS is also a square.
𝑑2
➢ Area = 𝑎2 = 2
➢ Perimeter = 4a
➢ Diagonal bisect the vertex angle.
➢ AC = a√2 = BD
AC BD
➢ AO = BO = CO = DO = =
2 2
➢ Diagonal bisect each other at 90°
➢ ΔDOC ≅△ AOB ≅△ AOD ≡ BOC
Area of ◻ABCD
Area of ◻ PQRS = 2
𝑎
• Radius of incircle = 𝑟 = 2
𝑑 𝑎
• Radius of circum-circle = R = 2 =
√2
𝑅 √2
=
𝑟 1
Area of circumcricle 2
=1
Area of incircle Bigger : Outer : Medium : Medium : Small :
➢ Area of circle : Area of square Small circle square circle square circle square

114
➢ Largest square inscribed in semi-circle → Diagonal do not bisect vertex angle.
AC = BD = √𝑙 2 + b 2
ΔABC≅△CDA
AC BD
AO = OC = BO = DO = =
2 2
a2
a2 + = r2 ➢ Diagonals bisect each other but not at 90°
4
➢ ΔDOC≅△BOA" and " ΔAOD≅ΔCOB
5 4
𝑎2 = 𝑟 2 ⇒ 𝑎2 = 5 𝑟 2 ➢ BO is median of △ABC ⇒ Ar △AOB = Ar
4
ΔBOC
𝟐
𝒂=
√𝟓
𝒓 ➢ In square/ rectangle / parallelogram/ rhombus
ABCD →
➢ P, Q, R, S are mid points of respective sides.
1
Area △APB ×𝑙×b 1
ABCD → Square/Rectangle = 2 𝑙×b = 2
Area △ABCD
1
Area (1 + 2) = Area (3 + 4) = 2 Area ◻ Shaded Area 1
∴ = ∴ Area (𝑥 + 𝑦)
Area ABCD 2
ABCD
= Area 𝑧
Rectangle
British Flag Theorem (For Square/Rectnagle
➢ A type of quadrilateral that has its parallel sides
➢
equal to each other and all the four vertex
angles are equal to 90°.
Note → AC and BD are not diagonals.

➢ P is any point inside
PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2
Area = Length × breadth = l × b x2 + z2 + w2 + y2 = x2 + w2 + y2 + z2
Perimeter = 2 (l + b)

115
Parallelogram/Rhombus/Trapezium
Parallelogram 1
= 𝐴𝑟 △ COD = 𝐴𝑟 △ DOA = 4
➢ It is a quadrilateral with opposite sides equal
Ar □ ABC
and parallel.
𝑑12 = 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 − 2𝑎𝑏 cos(180∘ − 𝜃)
= 𝑎2 + 𝑏 2 + 2𝑎𝑏cos 𝜃
d22 = a2 + b2 − 2abcos 𝜃 ∴ d1 > d2
𝒅𝟐𝟏 + 𝒅𝟐𝟐 = 𝟐(𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 )
➢ Area of Parallelogram
➢ AB || CD and BC || AD
➢ ∠A = ∠C, ∠B = ∠D
➢ Angle ratio → x : y : x : y
➢ Opposite angles are equal
➢ Sum of two adjacent angles is 180°
➢ AB = CD and BC = AD
➢ ΔABC ≅ ΔCDA
➢ Diagonal AC ≠ BD
Area of Parallelogram = ab sin θ
➢ 𝛼 ≠ 𝜃, 𝛽 ≠ 𝐫
➢ Opposite Δ's are congruent Ar of Parallelogram = Base × Height
⇒ ah1 = bh2
➢ P is any point
△ 𝐶𝑂𝐷 =△ 𝐴𝑂𝐵
△ AOD ≅ ΔCOB
BD
∴ BO = DO = Area (x+y) = Area (z+w) =
1
Area of
2
2
AC Parallelogram ABCD
AO = CO = 2
1 1
➢ Diagonal bisect each other but not at 90°. 𝑎ℎ1 = 𝑏ℎ2
2 2
➢ Area of all 4 triangle is same.
i.e., 𝐴𝑟 △ AOB = 𝐴𝑟 △ BOC

116
➢
1
Ar △ APB = Area △ ABCD d21 d22
2 + = a2
4 4
1
Ar (𝑥 + 𝑦) = Ar (𝑧) = Area △ ABCD
2 𝒅𝟐𝟏 + 𝒅𝟐𝟐 = 𝟒𝒂𝟐
➢
1 𝑑1 𝑑2
Area △ 𝐵𝑂𝐶 = × ×
2 2 2
1 𝑑1 𝑑2 𝐝1 ×𝐝𝟐
Area of rhombus = 4 × 2 × 2
× 2
= 𝟐
Perimeter = 4a
Figure Made After Joining Mid Points
Ar △ APQ 3
= ➢ Scalene quadrilateral → Parallelogram
Ar △ ABCD 8
Square → square
Rhombus
Rectangle → Rhombus
➢ Rhombus is a type of parallelogram with all
sides equal and diagonals bisect each other at Rhombus → Rectangle
90°
Trapezium
➢ It is a quadrilateral with one pair of parallel
opposite sides. The parallel sides of a
trapezium is called bases and non-parallel sides
are called legs.
AB || CD
If AD = BC then it is called isosceles
➢ All sides are equal trapezium.
➢ ∠A = ∠C and ∠B = ∠D
➢ Diagonal bisect vertex angle.
➢ Diagonal bisect rhombus into two equal areas.
➢ AC ≠ BD
➢ All 4Δ made by two diagonals are congruent.
AC BD
➢ AO = OC = 2
and BO = OD = 2
➢ Diagonal bisect each other at 90°.

117
AC ≠ BD Area ∠△AOD = Ar ΔBOC
△AOB∼ΔCOD ➢
𝐀𝐁+𝐂𝐃
𝐏𝐐 = 2
k×k=x×y
𝐤 = √𝒙𝒚
Area △DCQP m ➢
=
Area △PQBA n
𝑚𝑎2 +𝑛𝑏 2
PQ = √ 𝑚+𝑛
a2 +b2
If m: n = 1: 1 Then /PQ = √ 2
➢
ma+nb
PQ =
m+n
Isosceles Trapezium
➢
𝐝𝟐𝟏 + 𝐝𝟐𝟐 = 𝐜 𝟐 + 𝐝𝟐 + 𝟐𝐚𝐛

1
➢ Area of trapezium /ABCD = 2 × (a + b) × h
➢
AB ∥ CD; AD = BC
∠A + ∠C = ∠B + ∠D = 180∘
∴ Each isosceles trapezium is a cyclic

quadrilateral.
or if a trapezium is inscribed in a circle it must
ΔAOB∼ΔCOD be a isosceles trapezium.

118
AC = BD
b−a
AP = QB = 2
△ APD ≅△ BQC
Shift Δ ADP near Δ BQC ⇒ trapezium converted to rectangle.

119
Circle
Circle
➢ Circle → A round plane figure whose
boundary consists of points equidistant
from a fixed point (the centre).
Chord → line touches circumference of
circle at two points.
Radius → It is a straight line from the Secant Line
centre to the circumference of the circle.
➢ A straight line that intersects a circle in
PQ = radius of circle = r two points is called secant line of circle.
➢
➢ A perpendicular drawn from the centre of

a circle to a chord bisects the chord.
Area = 𝜋𝑟 2 OC ⊥ AB ⇒ AC = BC
Circumference = 2πr or If AC = BC then OC ⊥ AB
PQ = diameter = biggest chord of circle.
➢ 1. Equal chords are equidistant from the

centre.
2. Equal chords make equal angle at the
Tangent Line
centre.
➢ A line that touches the circle at only one
If AB = CD then ∠AOB = ∠COD
point is known as tangent of the circle.
or if ∠AOB = ∠COD then AB = CD
∠OPQ = 90∘

120
Alternate Segment Theorem
➢ Angle made by a chord and tangent is
equal to the angle made by the chord in
other segment of the circle.
➢ Angle made by an arc on centre is double
the angle made by the same arc on the
circumference of centre.
➢ Angle made by an arc on same side of

circle are equal.
➢ Angle made in semi-circle is right angle.
𝜃
∠ADB = 90∘ + 2
𝜃
∠ACB = 90∘ − 2
➢ Angle made in quarter circle is 135°. ∠APB = 𝜃

➢ AB and CD two chords cuts each other
internally at point P. Then →
∠AOD+∠BOC
∠APD = ∠BPC = 2
∠APC = 180∘ − ∠APD

121
➢ AB and CD two chords cuts each other externally at
⇒ 𝑃𝐶 + 𝐶𝐸 + 𝐸𝐷 + 𝑃𝐷
point P. Then →
𝜃−𝛼
⇒ PC + CA + BD + PD
∠APC = ∠BPD = 2
⇒ PA + PB
⇒ 2PA or2PB (∵PA = PB)

➢
𝜃
➢ ∠COD = 90∘ − 2
∠AOB
∠COD =
2
AD = BD = CD
∠ACB = 90∘
➢ Perimeter of ΔPCD = 2PA = 2PB
01 02 = 𝑟1 + 𝑟2
r1 1−sin 𝜃
= 1+sin 𝜃
r2
➢ If a circle is inscribed in a quadrilateral or

a quadrilateral is circumscribing a circle.

122
ΔTPB ∼ ΔAPT
PB PT
= PA
AB + CD = BC + AD PT
➢ Two chords AB and CD cuts each other ➢ When a circle is drawn between two
at point P internally. parallel lines and a tangent is given
intersecting these two parallel lines.
PA × PB = PC × PD
∠COD = 90∘
PB PD
= PA
PC 2𝜃 + 2𝛼 = 180∘
𝜃 + 𝛼 = 90∘
𝐫 = √𝐚𝐛
➢ Two chords AB and CD cuts each other

at point P.
PB × PA = PD × PC
➢ When two circle touch each other

internally and common tangent is given
→
△ PAC ∼△ PBD
➢ From an external point a secant and

tangent is drawn. Then →
PT2 = PB × PA

123
PA PC
= PD
PB
➢ When two circles touch each other

externally and common tangent is given
→
ΔPAC ∼ ΔPBD
➢ If two chords intersect each other at 90°.
PA PC
= PD
PB
➢ Two circles intersect each other at two

√𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 +w2
distinct points and two common tangents r= 2
are given then→
x×y=z×w
AB = CD
𝑧+w 2 𝑥−𝑦 2
r2 = ( ) +( )
2 2
𝑧 2 +w2 +2𝑧w+𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 −2𝑥𝑦

r2 = 4
√𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 +w2 √a2 +𝑦 2
r= =
2 2
Extrenally Touch
RS 2 = AB2 + PQ2 ➢ When two circles touch each other

externally. Then distance between their
➢ AB × AC + AE × DE = AE2 centres is sum of their radii.
△ ABD ∼△ AEC
AD AB
= AE
AC
⇒ AB × AC = AD × AE

124
O1 PO2 → straight line
Maximum common tangent = 3

AB = CD = EF
Internally touch
➢ When two circles touch each other
internally then distance between their
AB → common chord
centres is difference of their radii.
O1O2P → straight line
➢ If one circle is made inside other circle
O1O2 = d = r1–r2
and they do not touch each other then no
Maximum common tangent = 1 common tangent is possible.
Direct Common Tangent

➢ Length of DCT
➢ If two circles do not touch each other,

there can be maximum 4 common
tangents.
Direct common tangent = 2
Transverse common tangent = 2.
CB ∥ O1 O2
𝐃𝐂𝐓 = 𝐀𝐁 = 𝐂𝐃 = √d2 − (r1 − r2 )2
Transverse Common Tangent

➢ Length of TCT
DCT = AB & CD
TCT = PQ & RS
➢ Intersecting circles
125
TCT = PQ = RS = √d2 − (r1 + r2 )2 ➢ When two circles intersect each other at
two distinct points then length of their
DCT > TCT common chord AB is → Common chord
➢ AB = DCT = 2√r1 r2
⇒ AB = 2AP = 2PB
DCT = √(𝑟1 + 𝑟2 )2 − (𝑟1 − 𝑟2 )2
AP = PB
1
= √4𝑟1 𝑟2 = 2√𝑟1 𝑟2 Ar ΔO1 AO2 = 2 × O1 O2 × AP
➢ If two circles pass through each others
➢ AB = AC + BC
centre.
Length of common chord AB is →
√3
AB = r × 2 = √3r
2
2√r1 r2 = 2√r1 r3 + 2√r2 r3
Divide by √𝑟1 𝑟2 𝑟3
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
= +
√𝒓𝟑 √𝒓𝟏 √𝒓𝟐

126
(Co-ordinate Geometry)
➢ from a reference point and an angle is

taken from a reference direction. It is
known as the polar co-ordinate system.
O (origin) = (O, O) 𝑦 𝑥
sin 𝜃 = 𝑟 cos 𝜃 = 𝑟
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 = 𝑟2
𝑦
tan 𝜃 = 𝑥
Equation of x-axis ⇒ y = 0
Mid Point Formula
Equation of y-axis ⇒ x = 0
➢ A Mid point is the middle point of a line
➢ Representation of points segment which is equidistant from both
the end points. Mid point
𝑥1 +𝑥2 𝑦1 +𝑦2
Mid point /C = ( , )
2 2
Distance formula
Distance between two points is the length
of the line segment that connects the two
➢ Pole → Reference point in polar co- points in a plane.
ordinate system the co-ordinates is called A = (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 )
a pole
∴ AB = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2
Polar co-ordiantes of a point
B = (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 )
➢ When each point on a plane of a 2D co-
ordinate system is decided by a distance ➢ Intersection formula
127
(A) Internal division Slope of line AP = slope of line AB.
𝑚1 𝑥2 + 𝑚2 𝑥1 𝑚1 𝑦2 + 𝑚2 𝑦1 𝑦−𝑦1 𝑦 −𝑦 𝑦 −𝑦
= 𝑥2−𝑥1 ⇒ 𝑦 − 𝑦1 = 𝑥2−𝑥1 (𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
𝑃=( , ) 𝑥−𝑥1
𝑚1 + 𝑚2 𝑚1 + 𝑚2 2 1 2 1
y – y1 = m (x – x1)
(B) External division
Slope = m
AP : PB = m1 : m2
Intercept on y-axis = c y – c = m (x – 0)
y = mx + c
𝑚1 𝑥2 − 𝑚2 𝑥1 𝑚1 𝑦2 − 𝑚2 𝑦1
𝑃=( , )
𝑚1 − 𝑚2 𝑚1 − 𝑚2
Slope of a Line
➢ The slope of a line is a measure of its
steepness. It is the change in y co-
ordinate with respect to the change in x ax + by + c = 0
co-ordinate.
by = – ax – c
Slope of a line (m) = tan θ(slope) 𝑎𝑥 𝑐
𝑦=− −𝑏
𝑦2 −𝑦1 𝑏
tan 𝜃 = 𝑥
2 −𝑥1
y = mx + c
−𝑎 −𝑥 of coff.
compare 𝑚 = =
𝑏 𝑦 of coff.
If two lines are parallel to each other their

slope will be equal ⇒ m1 = m2
⇒ m1 = m2
−𝑎1 −𝑎2
=
𝑏1 𝑏2
𝑎 𝑏
∴ 𝑎1 = 𝑏1
➢ Standard equation of a line → ax + by + 2 2
c=0
−𝑎
slope = 𝑏
➢ Point from of a line

128
Equation of line perpendicular to line ax
+ by + c = 0 is bx – ay = k.
If two lines are a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and
a2x + bz y + c2 = 0 are parallel to each
other then m1 = m2 and
𝑎1 𝑏 c
= 𝑏1 ≠ c1
𝑎2 2 2
If two lines are perpendicular to each No intersecting point

other → ∴ No solution possible
(B) If two line are co-incidents on each other
𝑎1 𝑏 𝑐
then = 𝑏1 = 𝑐1 and infinite solutions
𝑎2 2 2
(C) If two lines intersect at single point then

𝑎 𝑏
m1 ≠ m2 𝑎1 ≠ 𝑏1 , unique solution possible
2 2
Concurrent Lines
➢ Lines passing through a single point
∴ m1m2 = tan θ (– cot θ)
∴ m1 m2 = – 1
Intercept at x-axis = a
Intercept at y-axis = b
𝑥 𝑦
∴𝑎+𝑏 =1
𝑥 𝑦
➢ Intercept by line 𝑎 + 𝑏 = 1 between both
axis
= √𝑎2 + 𝑏 2
−𝑦 𝑥
= a−1
𝑏
𝑥 𝑦
1=𝑎+𝑏
Equation of line parallel to line ax + by +

c = 0 is ax + by = k. Line ax + by = 0 always passes through
origin.

129
Angle Between Two Lines
➢ θ → acute angle
Let angle between two lines = θ and their
slopes are m1 and m2 then
1𝑚 −𝑚2
tan 𝜃 = |1+𝑚 |
1 𝑚2
2. Reflection over x-axis → x-co-
𝑚1−𝑚2
𝜃 = tan1 |1+𝑚 | ordinate remains same but y co-
1 𝑚2
ordinate changes its signs.
➢ Distance of line ax + by + c = 0 from a
point (x1, y1) 3. Reflection over y-axis → y co-
ordinate remains same but x co-
a𝑥1 +b𝑦1 +c
⇒| | ordinate changes its signs.
√a2 +b2
Distance of line ax + by + c = 0 from 4. Reflection over y = x → When a point

origin is reflected across the line y = x, the
x-co-ordinates and y co-ordinates
C
= | √a2 | change their places.
+b2
Distance between two parallel lines:- ∴ Reflection of point (x, y) across the
line y = x is (y, x).
ax + by + c1 = 0
5. Reflection over y = – x → Both co-
ax + by + c2 = 0 ordinates change their place and sign
𝐶 −𝐶2 as well.
distance = |√𝑎12 |
+𝑏 2
∴ Reflection of point (x, y) across the
Reflection line y = – x is (–y, –x)
A reflection is the mirror image of the Centroid and Incentre
shape.
Types of reflection in co-ordinate system
G → Centroid
1. If reflection is asked about origin I → Incentre
change only signs

130
𝑥1 +𝑥2 +𝑥3 𝑦1 +𝑦2 +𝑦3
G≡( , )
3 3
a𝑥1 +b𝑥2 +c𝑥3 a𝑦1 +b𝑦2 +c𝑦3

I≡( , )
a+b+c a+b+c
Equation of Circle
➢ Where (a, b) are co-ordinates of center of
circle and r is the radius ➢ if centre is origin
Equation of circle → x2 + y2 = r2
(x – a)2 + (y – b)2 = r2 ➢ Area enclosed by |x|+|y|=a⇒2a2

131
(2 Dimension Mensuration)
➢ Zero-Dimensional figure → ∙ (point) Area(Δ) = √s(s − a)(s − b)(s − c)

One-Dimensional figure → ↔ only 1 1
Area (Δ) = 2 𝑏csin 𝐴 = 2 𝑎𝑏sin 𝐶 =
length. 1
𝑎𝑐sin 𝐵
Two-Dimensional figure → 2
Area
Inradius (r) = S
abc
Circumradius (R) = 4× Area
Three-Dimensional figure
For Any 2D figure
1
Area (Δ) = 2 × Base × Height =
1 1 1
ah1 = 2 bh2 = 2 ch3
2
∴ ah1 =bh2 = ch3 = (constant)

If each corresponding length of any 2D 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
∴𝒂∶𝒃∶𝒄=𝒉 ∶𝒉 ∶𝒉
figure = K times. 𝟏 𝟐 𝟑
Then, perimeter = K times 2. Right angle triangle

➢
Area = K2 times
Triangle
1. Scalene triangle
1
Area (Δ) = 2 × PB
Perimeter = P+B+H
P+B−H
Inradius (r) = 2
Hypotenuse H
Circumradius (R) = =
2 2
Perimeter = a + b + c
3. Isosceles right angle triangle
a+b+c
Semi-Perimeter (s) = 2

132
15 + 21 = 36 (Acute Δ)
2 90° triplet 1 length common
H2
Area (Δ) = 4
Perimeter = 2H + √2H = H(√2 + 1)

1
Area of triangle = 2 × 36 × 20 =
4. Equilateral triangle
360𝐜𝐦2
57, 60, 111 → Find Area
Simplify by 3
Side = a
35 – 16 = 19 (obtuse Δ)
a h
Inradius (r) = 2√3 or 3
a 2ℎ
Circumradius (R) = or
√3 3
Perimeter = 3a
√3𝑎
Height (H) = 𝟐
√3𝑎 2
Area (Δ) = 𝑎
𝟒
1
Area = 2 × 19 × 12 = 114
a(side) height Area
2 √𝟑 √𝟑 ∴ Area of original Δ ⇒ 114 × (3)2 ⇒ 114

× 9 ⇒ 1026 cm2
↓ ×k ↓ ×k ↓ ×k
5. Isosceles triangle
𝟐
2K √𝟑𝑲 √𝟑𝑲
Heronian Triangle: All sides and area is
integer.
Find the Area of Δ with side→
36, 29, 25
29, 20, 21
15, 20, 25 (use the common triplet)

133
√4𝑎2 −𝑏2 ➢ If regular polygon have same perimeter
Height = 2 then figure with more number of sides
𝑏 have greater area.
Area = 4 √4𝑎2 − 𝑏 2
1
∴ Area of square > Area of Δ with same
Area = 2 𝑎2 ⋅ sin 𝛼 perimeter.
Perimeter = 2a + b ∴ Infinite sides → circle
∴ circle has more area then any other
closed figure.
Quadilateral
ABC → Equilateral Δ with side x and Quadrilateral : A closed shape and a

height H. type of polygon that has 4 sides, 4
P → Any point inside triangle. vertices and 4 angles.
a,b,c →(Perpendicular) from point P on

each side
H = a+b+c
Area Δ ABC = Δ BPC + Δ APC + Δ APB
√3 2 1 1 1
𝑥 = 2 𝑥𝑎 + 2 𝑥𝑏 + 2 𝑥𝑐 ∠A+∠B+∠C+∠D = 360°
4
√3 2 𝑥 √3 ➢ Area of Quadrilateral
𝑥 = 2 (a + b + c) ⇒ 𝑥 =a+b+
4 2
c
∴ H=a+b+c
2
𝑐= (𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)
√3 1
Area = 2 × 𝐵𝐷 × (ℎ1 + ℎ2 )
1
Area of △ ABC = (𝐚 + 𝐛 + 𝐜)2 1
√3
= 2 × diagonal × (Sum of perpendiculars
drawn on this diagonal)
In any Quadrilateral
Area of △ ABC = a𝑥 = Area of △

PQR
A1 × A3 = A2 × A4

134
➢ Area of quadrilateral made by joining the 4 : 2 :1
mid points of all sides of given
∴ Largest : smallest ⇒ 4 : 1
quadrilateral is half of the original
quadrilateral.
Square
➢
Area of A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H is equal
3𝑎2
Area of Δ AOB = Area of Δ BOC = Area Shaded Area = 14
𝑎2
of Δ COD = Area of AOD= 4
Perimeter = 4a
d2
Area = 𝑎2 = 2
diameter = a√2 4
Area of leaf = 7 a2
a
Inradius (r) = 2
Area of leaf
d a
Circumradius (R) = 2 =
√2
➢ If we make circle inside a square and

again make a square inside the circle and
𝜋 𝜋 4
so on... the area will becomes half and so 𝑎2 − 𝑎2 = ( 2 − 1) 𝑎2 = 7 𝑎2
2
on.
If side of square = a
Area of largest square : middle : smallest a 3a a

r1 = , r2 = , r3 =
16 8 6

135
𝑎 3𝑎 𝑎
𝑟1 : 𝑟2 : 𝑟3 = [16 : : 6] × 48 = 3: 18: 8
8
Rectangle
➢
Perimeter = 4a
4a2 = d12 + d22
1
Area = 2 × 𝑑1 × 𝑑2
Perimeter (P) = 2(L + B)
Area (A) = L×B Area = Base × Height
Diagonal = AC = BD =√L2 + B2 Area of ΔAOB = Δ Area of Δ BOC =

Area of COD = Area of ΔAOD
Area of ΔAOB = Area of ΔBOC = Area
of ΔCOD Trapezium
𝐿𝐵 ➢
= Area of △ 𝐴𝑂𝐷 = 4
➢ Radius of maximum size circle that can

Breadth
be put inside rectangle = 2
Parallelogram
➢
Perimeter = a + b + c + d
1
Area = 2 (Sum of parallel sides) ×
distance between them
1
Area = 2 (𝑎 + 𝑏) × ℎ
Perimeter = 2 (a + b) d12 + d22 = 𝐜 2 + 𝐝2 + 𝟐𝐚𝐛

AC2 + BD2 = 2(a2 + b2 ) Path Around or Inside a Rectangle
Area = Base × Height 1. Crossing road inside rectangle
➢
If length of one diagonal is d
Then Area = 2√s(s − a)(s − b)(s − d)

𝑎+𝑏+𝑑
Where 𝑠 = 2
Rhombus

136
Area of crossing road = 𝑙𝑥 + b𝑥 − 𝑥 2 = 28 44× 4 154×16
𝑥(𝑙 + 𝑏 − 𝑥)
Sector of a circle
Perimeter of path = 2(𝑙 + 𝑏 − 2𝑥)
2. Path inside a rectangle
𝜃
𝜃 = central angle = 360∘ (sector is what
Area of path = 2𝑥(𝑙 + 𝑏 − 2𝑥)
part of circle)
Perimeter of path = 4(l+b-2x)
𝜃 𝑙𝑟
Area of sector OAB =360∘ × 𝜋𝑟 2 =
3. Path Outside a rectangular field 2
𝜃
Length of ̅̅̅̅
𝐴𝐵 = 𝑙 = 360∘ × 2𝜋r
𝜋c
𝜃 ∘ = 𝜃 × 180
𝜋𝜃
𝑙 = r × 180
Area of path = 2x (l + b + 2x)
𝑙
Perimeter of path = 4 (l + b + 2x) 𝑙 = r𝜃 𝑐 or 𝜃 𝑐 = r
Where is x is the width of path Segment
Circle ➢ Minor segment
circumference
= constant = 𝜋 Area of minor segment = Area of sector –
diameter
Area of ΔOAB
C
= 𝜋 ⇒ Circumference = 2𝜋r
2r 120∘ 1
⇒ ∘
× 154 − × 7 × 7 × sin 120∘
Area = 𝜋r 2 360 2
radius c = 2𝜋r A = 𝜋r 2 154 49 √3

⇒ − ×
3 2 2
7 44 154
154 49√3
7k 44K 154k2 ⇒( − ) cm2
3 4
24.5 44×3.5 154×(3.5)2
➢ Major segment
∴24.5=7×3.5

137
77
Area of major segment ⇒ 7 25 =
2
38.5
2𝜋𝑟 𝜋𝑟
Perimeter = 𝑟 + 𝑟 + = 2𝑟 +
4 2
𝜋𝑟 2
Area =
4
➢
Area of sector (210°) + Area of ΔOAB
210∘
⇒ × 100𝜋
360∘
1
+ × 10 × 10
2
× sin 150∘
7 1 1 Length of string = 2πr + 2 × number of
⇒ × 100𝜋 + × 10 × 10 ×
12 2 2 circles
175𝜋 ➢
⇒( + 25) cm2
3
Perimeter of segment
𝜋𝜃 𝜃
= 2r [ + sin ]
360∘ 2
ΔABC = equilateral Δ
OB = circumradius
Let radius of small circle = 𝑥
Radius Circumference Area
7 36 77 side of equilaterals 2r
OB = =
√3 √3
Perimeter = πr + diameter
𝜋𝑟 2 2r
Area = ∴𝑥= −r
2 √3
➢ For a quadrant
➢ 2 − √3
𝑥=( )×𝑟
√3
If we draw a big circle around these 3
circles, then radius of that big circle ⇒
2𝑟
Radius Circumference Area 𝑦= +r
√3

138
2 + √3
𝑦 = r×( ) (Result)
√3
➢ Two circles of equal radius are touch each
other as shown in figure, a square of side
'a' is placed between two circles. One side R 2
R 2
of square is on direct common tangent of ( + r) = ( ) + (R − r)2
n n
both circles, find r/a? After solving this
nR
radius of small circle r =
2(n + 1)
r 5
=
a 2
➢
Here, n = 2, R = 8
∴ radius of shaded part
2×8 8
= =
2×3 3
➢ Find A/B = ?
R 12
radius of shaded part = = =4 A=B (Property)
3 3
A
=1∶1
B
𝑅 15
radius of shaded part ==
6 6
➢ n semi-circle (even) drawn on diameter
AB
𝑅
Radius of each small semi-circle =
𝑛

139
(Polygon)
➢ Segment Polygon: closed figure of 3 or more or 2Δ = 2 × 180∘ = 360∘

sides.
or 3Δ = 3 × 180 = 540∘
→ Each interior angle of a regular polygon ⇒
• each interior angle any one angle is more (n − 2) × 180∘
is less than 180° than 180°
Any one diagonal or n
All diagonals lins
➢ Sum of all exterior angles of a 'n' sided polygon
inside more will be outside.
⇒ 360°
Ex:
➢ ΣI + ΣE = 180∘ × n
(n − 2)180∘ + ΣE = 180∘ × n
180∘ n − 360∘ + ΣE = 180∘ n
ΣE = 360∘
I + E = 180∘
➢ Regular polygon
Internal angle + External angle = 180°
➢ Always a convex polygon
∴ Each exterior angle of a regular polygon
• each side is equal 360∘
• each interior and exterior angle is equal =
𝑛
360∘
No. of sides =
E
➢ No. of diagonals in a polygon
Regular Hexagon: 6 sides 𝑛(𝑛 − 3)
=
6 vertices 2
6 integior angles
6 exterior angles ➢ Regular Hexagon
∴ n sides polygon have: n vertices, n interior
angles, n exterior angles.
➢ Sum of all interior angles of a polygon with n
sides
⇒ (n − 2) × 180∘
Each Interior angle = 120°

Each exterior angle = 60°

140
Total diagonals = 9
Large diagonal = FC = AD = BE = 2a
Perimeter = 6a
Regular Hexagon=6 equilateral Δ = 3 Rhombus
√3 2×6 3√3 2
Area = 𝑎 = 𝑎
4 2
r = Short diagonal = FD = DB = BF = √3a
Circumradius (R) = a (side)
P, Q, R are mid points
3a
△ PQR = equilateral Δ with side
2
√3 9 2
6 equilateral Δ formed. Area △ 𝑃𝑄𝑅 × a 3
Area of each Δ is same. ∴ = 4 4 =
Area 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷𝐸𝐹 √3 8
➢ 3 Rhombus of equal area in a regular hexagon. 6 × 4 a2
➢ Octagon
➢ Regular figure with 8 sides
Let side of octagon = a
➢
Area = 2(√2 + 1)a2
Perimeter = 8a
a
Inradius (r) =
2√2 − 2
a √2 + √2
Circumradius (R) = = a
√2 − √2 2
Each interior angle = 135°
Each exterior angle = 45°
ΔEAC = equilateral Δ of side √3a Number of diaonal = 20
Area △ EAC 1
=
Area ABCDEF 2
➢

141
3 Dimension Mensuration
3 Dimension: Length, breadth, height ➢ A Solid figure in which length, Breadth and
Lateral surface Area (LSA): height are equal.
Surrounding area except (of figures having flat ➢
surface) top and bottom
Total surface area (TSA) :
Area of all surfaces of a figure (LSA) + area of
bases (top/bottom)
Curved surface area (CSA) :
of figures having curved surfaces like cylinder,
cone etc. 6 faces
CSA : Area of only curved surfaces except top 8 vertices
and bottom. 12 edges
Volume capacity LSA = 4𝑎2
Volume = 𝑎3
TSA = 6𝑎2
Diagonal = √3𝑎
Euler's Theorem: for any 3D flat surface figure
V+F–E=2
➢ When a cube of maximum size put inside a
volume = 1 × 1 × 1 = 1 𝑚3 hemisphere.
1 km = 1000 m
1 m = 100 cm
1𝑚3 = 1000 Liter
⇒ 1𝑚3 = 103 𝐿
⇒ 1𝐿 = 10−3 𝑚3
1 𝐿 = 10−3 × 106 𝑐𝑚3
2
⇒ 1 𝐿 = 103 𝑐𝑚3 𝑎=√ 𝑟
3
➢ 1 m = 100 cm 𝑎2 3
1 m = 1000 mm + 𝑎2 = 𝑟 2 ⇒ 𝑎2 = 𝑟 2
2 2
1 decimetre = 10 cm
1 km = 100 decametre 2
a (side of cube) = √ 𝑟
➢ Cube 3
➢

142
➢ If x is the thickness of a cuboid, then volume of
the hollow cuboid
= 𝑙𝑏ℎ − (𝑙 − 2𝑥)(𝑏 − 2𝑥)(ℎ − 2𝑥)
Making open rectangular box by cutting 4
corners of a retangular sheet.
Face = 6
Vertices = 8
Edge = 12
Adjacent faces = LH, BH, LB
LSA= 2(bh+lh) = 2(L+B) × H = Area of 4 walls
TSA = 2(LB+BH+HL)
Volume = L×B×H Volume of rectangular box
= (𝑙 − 2𝑥)(𝑏 − 2𝑥)𝑥
Diagonal = √𝐿2 + 𝐵 2 + 𝐻 2
➢ Cylinder
If area of 3 adjacent faces of a cuboid are x, y, z
respectively.
volume = xyz
𝑥 = 𝑙𝑏 𝑦 = 𝑏ℎ 𝑧 = ℎ𝑙
𝑥𝑦𝑧 = 𝑙 2 𝑏 2 ℎ2
√𝑥𝑦𝑧 = 𝑙𝑏ℎ = volume
Volume = π𝑟 2 h = Base Area = × Height
➢ If x, y, z are diagonals of three adjacent faces of
CSA = 2πrh = Base Perimeter × Height
a cuboid
TSA=CSA+2×Base Area=2πrh+2π𝑟 2 =2πr(r+h)
CSA h
Ratio ⇒ =
TSA r+h
➢ Folding of rectangular sheet to form a cylinder
𝑥 = √𝑙 2 + b 2 , 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2
= 2(𝑙 2 + b2 + h2 )
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 + 𝑧2 A Folding along length
𝑦 = √b 2 + h2 , 𝑙 2 + b2 + h2 =
2
𝑧 = √h + 𝑙 , D = √𝑙 + b + h
2 2 2 2 2
𝑥2 + 𝑦2 + 𝑧2
=√
2
𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 −𝑧 2 𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 −𝑥 2
𝑙=√ ,b = √ ,h=√ 𝑙
2 2 2 2𝜋r = 𝑙 r=
√(𝑥 2 +𝑦 2 −𝑧 2 )(𝑥 2 −𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 )(𝑦 2 +𝑧 2 −𝑥 2 )
2𝜋
Volume = 2√2 B Folding along breadth
Longest rod that can be put inside a cuboid
(Room)
= Diagonal = √𝑙 2 + b 2 + h2

143
b
2𝜋r = b r=
2𝜋 a
Radius of cylinder =
2
Height of cylinder = a
vol. of cube 14
Ratio ⇒ =
vol. of cylinder 11
➢ Maximum size cylinder inside a cone
thickness = t
volume of metal = 𝜋𝑅 2 ℎ − 𝜋𝑟 2 ℎ
= 𝜋(R2 − r 2 )h
Volume = 𝜋(R + r)(R − r)h
Height of cone = H
CSA = 2𝜋(R + r)h
Height of cylinder = h
𝑇𝑆𝐴 = 2𝜋(𝑅 + 𝑟)ℎ + 2𝜋(𝑅 2 − 𝑟 2 )
Radius of cone = R
= 2𝜋(R + r)(h + R − r)
Radius of cylinder = r
➢ A maximum size cone inside a cylinder
𝑅 𝐻
= (Property)
𝑟 𝐻−ℎ
➢ Cone
➢
vol. of cylinder 3
Ratio ⇒ =
vol. of cone 1
➢ A cylinder encloses a sphere
𝑙 2 = h2 + r 2 ⇒ 𝑙 = √h2 + r 2
1
volume = 𝜋r 2 ℎ
3
CSA = 𝜋r𝑙
TSA = 𝜋r𝑙 + 𝜋r 2 = 𝜋r(r + 𝜙)
Height of cylinder = Diameter of sphere
➢ If H, C and V are the height, curved surface area
vol. of cylinder 3
Ratio ⇒ = and volume of a cone. Then find the value of
vol. of sphere 2 3𝜋VH 3 − C2 H 2 + 9𝑉 2 ?
➢ A maximum size cylinder inside a cube
Let r = 1, h = 1 ∴ l = √2

144
1
Volume = 𝜋, C = √2𝜋
3
1
3𝜋VH 3 − C2 H 2 + 9𝑉 2 = 3𝜋 × 3 𝜋 − 2𝜋 2 +
1
9 9 𝜋2
⇒ 𝜋 2 − 2𝜋 2 + 𝜋 2 = 0
➢ If S denotes the area of the curved surface area
of a right circular cone of height and semi
vertical angle α then S equals? circumference of base of cone = arc 𝑙
𝜃
2𝜋r = 2𝜋R ×
360∘
𝜃
𝑟=𝑅
360∘
slant height of cone = radius of sector,
𝑟 = ℎ tan 𝛼 𝑙 = h sec 𝛼 h = √𝑅 2 − 𝑟 2
2
S = 𝜋r𝑙 = 𝜋h sec 𝛼 tan 𝛼 ➢ Cutting of Cone
➢ When a cube of maximum volume is cut from a ➢
cone
r1 ℎ1 𝑙1
= =
r2 ℎ2 𝑙2
small cone CSA 𝜋r 𝑙 r 2 𝑙 2 ℎ 2
= 𝜋r1 𝑙1 = (r1 ) = (𝑙1 ) =(ℎ1 )
Big cone CSA 2 2 2 2 2
1 2
small cone volume 𝜋𝑟1 ℎ1
=3
Big cone volume 1 2
3 𝜋𝑟2 ℎ2
√2rh − √2ra = ah r1 3 𝑙1 3 h1 3
=( ) =( ) =( )
a(h + √2r) = √2rh r2 𝑙2 h2
√2𝑟ℎ
𝑎(side of cube) =
√2𝑟 + ℎ
➢ When a sector is folded to make a cone: ➢

145
𝑟=𝑐 ℎ=𝑎 𝑙=𝑏
B Rotation along perpendicular BC
CSA of 5 parts ⇒
12 ∶ 22 − 12 : 32 − 22 ∶ 42 − 32 : 52 − 42
1 ∶ 3 ∶ 5 ∶𝟕 ∶ 9 (Ratio)
𝑟=𝑎 ℎ=𝑐 𝑙=𝑏
Volume of 5 parts ⇒
13 : 23 − 13 : 33 − 23 : 43 − 33 : 53 − 43 C Rotation along hypotenuse AC
1 ∶ 7 ∶ 19 ∶ 37 ∶ 61 (Ratio)
➢ Frustom of Cone
➢ When a cone is cut parallel to its base, lower
portion is called frustum.
CSA = 𝜋(r1 + r2 )𝑙
TSA = 𝜋(r1 + r2 )𝑙 + 𝜋(r12 + r22 ) 1 (𝑎𝑐)2
1 Sum of vol. of 2 cones = 𝜋
volume = 𝜋(r12 + r22 + r1 r2 ) × h 3 𝑏
3
➢ Sphere
𝑙 = √h + (r1 − r2 )2
2
➢
➢ Rotation of right angle triangle to form a cone
4
Volume = 𝜋R3 ⇒ V𝛼R3
A Rotation along base a 3
CSA = TSA = 4𝜋R2 ⇒ Area 𝛼R2

146
➢ Cutting of Sphere vol. of cube 21
Ratio ⇒ =
vol. of sphere 11
➢ ➢ A maximum size cube inside a sphere
Diagonal of cube = Diameter of sphere

2
Volume of hemisphere = 𝜋r 3 vol. of sphere 11√3
2 =
CSA of Hemi-sphere = 2𝜋𝑟 2 vol. of cube 7
➢ A maximum size sphere inside a cone
TSA of Hemi-sphere = 2𝜋𝑟 2 + 𝜋𝑟 2 = 3𝜋𝑟 2
TSA of both parts = 4𝜋𝑟 2 + 2𝜋𝑟 2 = 6𝜋𝑟 2
➢
h = height of cone
l = slant height of cone
r = radius of base of cone
2 cut (4 pieces) 1 cut → 2 circle area ↑(Increase)
hr
4 parts TSA = 4𝜋r 2 + 4 × 𝜋r 2 = 8𝜋r 2 Radius of sphere = R =
𝑙+r
8𝜋𝑟 2
TSA of each part = = 2𝜋r 2 ➢ Hollow Sphere
4 ➢
(Quarter sphere)
If we make 3 cuts at x, y, z axis
3 cut → 8 parts
3 cut → 6 circle area
8 parts TSA = 4𝜋𝑟 2 + 6 × 𝜋𝑟 2 = 10𝜋𝑟 2
10𝜋r 2 5 2
TSA of each part = = 𝜋r 4
8 4 Volume of metal = 𝜋(𝑅 3 − 𝑟 3 )
➢ A maximum size sphere inside a cube 3
TSA = 4𝜋R2
Thickness(t) = R − r
➢ Prism
➢ A prism is a solid figure with identical ends, flat
faces and same cross section all along its length.
→ Base and Top of the prism is same
Surface of prism is lateral and not curved.
Diameter of sphere = a Cube, cuboid are prism but cylinder is not prism
a
∴ Radius of sphere = Triangular base prism
2

147
Volume of prism = area of base × height
LSA = perimeter of base × height
⇒ 3 rectangles formed if we open it for a regular pyramid ⇒
ah + bh + ch = (a + b + c) × h 1
LSA = 2 × perimeter of base × slant height
TSA = LSA + 2 × Base Area
TSA ⇒ LSA + Base Area
➢ General formulae for a prism:–
1
Volume ⇒ × base area × height
A CSA = Base perimeter × Height = na × h 3
After opening square pyramid ⇒ LSA = 4Δ's
B TSA = CSA + 2 × Base area 1
⇒ 4 × × 𝑎 × slant height
na2 𝜋 2
TSA = nah + 2 × cot 1
4 n ⇒ × 4a × slant height
2
C Volume = Base area × Height 1
⇒ × base perimeter × slant height
2
na2 𝜋 a 2
Volume = cot × h In square pyramid → 𝐹 = h2 + (2)
4 4
a 2
Here, If slant edge = e ∴ e2 = 𝑙 2 + ( )
2
a 2
n → no. of sides of regular polygon
= e2 = h2 + ( )
√2
a → side length of regular polygon
➢ In triangular pyramid ⇒
h → height of prism
➢ Pyramid
➢
Square Pyramid Triangular Pyramid

Height → Apex to centre of base
slant edge → Apex to vertex of base
slant height → Apex to side of base

148
➢ Tetrahedron
√3
Slant height (𝑡) = a
2 a−b 2
√
𝑙 = h +( 2 )
√3 2 2
LSA = a ×3
4 1
√3 2 LSA = (P1 + P2 ) × 𝑙
TSA = a × 4 = √3a2 2
4 P1 , P2 → Perimeter of bases
√2 𝐴1 , 𝐴2 → Area of base
height = a
√3 1
Volume = (𝐴1 + 𝐴2 + √𝐴1 × 𝐴2 ) × ℎ
1 √3 2 √2 a3 3
Volume = × a × a= ➢ Pentagonal Prism
3 4 √3 6√2
➢ Frustum of a Pyramid ➢
➢
Surface area of pentagonal = √3𝑎2

Lateral surface area = 5a × h = 5ah
Total surface area = 5ah + 2√3𝑎2
Volume = √3a2×h = √3a2 ℎ
➢ Hexagonal Prism
➢

149
5
Total surface area = 𝑎𝑠 + √3𝑎2
2
1 1 2
Volume = × √3a2 = a
3 √3
➢
Surface area of hexagonal
3√3 2
= a = 2.5981a2
2
Lateral surface area = 6a × h = 6ah
Total surface area = 6ah + 3√3𝑎2
3√3 2
Volume = a ℎ = 25981𝑎2 ℎ
2
➢ Pentagonal Pyramid
➢
s = slant height
1
Lateral surface area = × 6a × s = 3as
2
3√3 2
Total surface area = 3𝑎𝑠 + 𝑎
2
√3 2
Volume = a ℎ
2
1 5
Lateral surface area = × 5𝑎 × 𝑠 = as
2 2

150
Solid figure Figure Volume CSA/LSA TSA
Cube 𝒂𝟑 𝟒𝒂𝟐 𝟔𝒂𝟐
Cuboid L×B×H 2 (L + B) H 2(LB + BH + HL)
Cylinder 𝝅𝐫 𝟐 𝒉 𝟐𝝅𝐫𝐡 𝟐𝝅𝒓(𝒓 + 𝒉)
𝟏 𝟐
Cone 𝝅𝐫 𝒉 𝝅𝐫𝒍 𝝅𝐫(𝐫 + 𝒕)
𝟑
Frustum of 𝟏
𝝅(𝐑𝟐 + 𝐫 𝟐 + 𝐑𝐫)𝐡 𝝅(𝐑 + 𝐫)𝒍 𝝅(𝐑 + 𝐫)𝒍 + 𝝅(𝐑𝟐 + 𝐫 𝟐 )
cone 𝟑
𝟒 𝟑
Sphere 𝝅𝒓 𝟒𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝟒𝝅𝒓𝟐
𝟑
𝟒
Hollow sphere 𝝅(𝐑𝟑 − 𝐫 𝟑 ) 𝟒𝝅𝐑𝟐
𝟑
𝟐 𝟑
Hemi-sphere 𝝅𝒓 𝟐𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝟑𝝅𝒓𝟐
𝟑
Base
Prism Base area × Height LSA+ 2 × Base area
peri.×Height
𝟏
𝟏 × Base peri.
Pyramid × Base area × 𝐇 𝟐 LSA + Base area
𝟑 × Slant

151
(Permutation & Combinations)
➢ Fundamental Principle of Counting 4! = 4 × 3! = 4 × 3 × 2! = 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 24

➢ If an event can occur in m different ways, 5! = 5 × 4! = 5 × 4 × 3! = 5 × 4 × 3 × 2! = 5 × 4
following which another event can occur in n × 3 × 2 × 1 = 120
different ways, then the total no. of occurrence Note → 0! = 1
of the events in the given order is m × n. 𝑛
𝑛!
𝑃𝑟 = ,𝑜 ≤ 𝑟 ≤ 𝑛
Ex. Mohan has 3 pants and 2 shirts. How many (𝑛 − 𝑟)!
different pairs of a pant and a shirt, can be dress (Repetition not allowed)
up with? Note:-
n
Pn = n!
For every choice of a pant, there are two choices 𝑛
𝑃𝑜 = 1
of shirt. n!
Therefore → 3 × 2 = 6 pairs of pant and shirt. When n = r ⇒ n Pn = = n!
o!
➢ Permutation ➢ The number of permutations of n different
➢ A permutation is an arrangement in a definite objects taken 'r' at a time where repetition is
order of a number of objects taken some or all at allowed = 𝑛𝑟
a time. ➢ The number of permutations of n objects, where
➢ Mathematically The number of ways of p objects are of same kind and rest are all
arranging n distinct objects in a row taking 𝑛!
different 𝑝!
r(0<r≤n) at a time is denoted by P(n, r) or nPr.
𝑛! ➢ The number of permutation of n objects, where
i.e. 𝑛 𝑃𝑟 = 𝑝1 objects are of one kind, 𝑝2 are of 2nd kind
(𝑛 − 𝑟)!
➢ Properties of Permutation ........... 𝑃𝑘 are of 𝑘 𝑡ℎ kind and the rest if any are
n!
(i) 𝑛 𝑃𝑛 = 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) … 1 = 𝑛! of different kind is p
1 !p2 !………pk !
n! ➢ Combination
(ii) n P0 = = 1
n! ➢ Each of the different groups or selections which
(iii) 𝑛 𝑃1 = 𝑛 can be made by some or all of a number of given
(iv) 𝑛 Pn−1 = n ! things without reference to the order of the
(v) 𝑛 𝑃𝑟 = 𝑛 ⋅𝑛−1 𝑃𝑟−1 = 𝑛(𝑛 − 1) ⋅𝑛−2 𝑃𝑟−2 things in each group is called a combination.
= 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) ⋅𝑛−3 𝑃𝑟−3 ➢ Mathematically The number of combinations
(vi) 𝑛−1 Pr + r ⋅n−1 Pr−1 = n Pr of n different things taken r at a time is
𝑛
𝑃𝑟 n n!
(vii) 𝑛 =𝑛−𝑟+1 C(n, r) or n Cr or ( ) i.e. n Cr = ,0
𝑃𝑟−1 r r! (n − r)!
Factorial notation → The notation (n!) ≤r≤n
represents the product of first n natural number. ➢ Properties of Combination
n! = 1 × 2 × 3 × .............. × (n-1) × n
(i) n C0 = n Cn = 1
1! = 1
2! = 2 × 1 = 2 (ii) n C1 = n
3! = 3 × 2 × 1 = 6

152
(iii) n Cs = n Cn−r = 𝑛 𝐶𝑟
i.e. selecting r objects out of n objects is same as
(iv) If 𝑛 𝐶𝑟 = 𝑛
𝐶𝑝 , then either 𝑟 = 𝑝 or 𝑟 + 𝑝 = 𝑛
rejecting (n–r) objects.
n
𝑛
𝑃𝑟 ➢ Ca = n Cb ⇒ a = b&n = a + b
𝑛
(v) 𝐶𝑟 = ➢ 𝑛
𝐶𝑟 + 𝑛 𝐶𝑟−1 = 𝑛+1 𝐶𝑟
𝑟!
➢ Fundamental Principles of Counting
(vi) 𝑛 𝐶𝑟 + 𝑛 𝐶𝑟−1 = 𝑛+1
𝐶𝑟 ➢ There are two Fundamental Principles of
𝑛−1
(vii) 𝑛 × 𝐶𝑟−1 = (𝑛 − 𝑟 + 1) 𝑛 𝐶𝑟−1 Counting
1. Multiplication Principle
n
n n−1
n (n − 1) n−2 If first operation can be performed in m ways
(viii) Cr = Cr−1 = Cr−2
r r (r − 1) and then a second operation can be performed in
(ix) 𝑛 𝐶0 + 𝑛 𝐶1 + 𝑛 𝐶2 + ⋯ + 𝑛 𝐶𝑛 = 2𝑛 n ways. Then, the two operations taken together
can be performed in mn ways. This can be
In combination order is not important let us assume extended to any finite number of operations.
there are 3 players A, B, C. A team consisting of two 2. Addition Principle
players is to be formed. In how many ways we can If an operation can be performed in m ways and
do it. another operation, which is independent of the
first, can be performed in n ways. Then, either
→ 3 Teams possible
of the two operations can be performed in m + n
ways. This can be extended to any finite number
of mutually exclusive events.
➢ Factorial
For any natural number n, we define factorial as
n! or ⌊𝑛 = 𝑛(𝑛 − 1)(𝑛 − 2) … 3 × 2 × 1.
The notation n! represent the product of first n
Each team is a combination of 3 different natural numbers.
objects taken 2 at a time ⇒ 3 C2 Important Results Related to Factorial
(i) 0! = 1! = 1
n!
n
Cr = If r = n then n 𝐂n = 𝟏 (ii) Factorials of negative integers and fractions
r! (n − r)! are not defined.
3! 3×2 (iii)n! = n(n–1)! = n(n–1) (n–2)!
∴ No. of teams = 3 C2 = = 𝑛!
2! (3 − 2)! 2 (iv) 𝑟! = n(n–1)(n–2)...(r+1)
=𝟑 (v) n!+1 is not divisible by any natural number
𝑛 between 2 and n.c.
𝐶0 = 1
Exponent of a Prime p in n!
➢ Relation between permutation and ➢ If p is prime and 𝑝𝑟 divides n!, then maximum
combination exponent of prime p in n! is given by
➢ 𝑛 𝑃𝑟 = 𝑛 𝐶𝑟 × 𝑟𝑙, 𝑜 < 𝑟 ≤ 𝑛 n n n
Ep (n!) = [ ] + [ 2 ] + [ 3 ] + ⋯
➢ 𝑛
𝐶𝑛−𝑟 = 𝑛 𝑛!
𝐶𝑟 𝑛 𝐶𝑛−𝑟 = (𝑛−𝑟)![𝑛−(𝑛−𝑟)]! = p p p
𝑛!
(𝑛−𝑟)!𝑟!

153
(Probability)
➢ Trial F → event of getting a number less than 4 or

➢ Each trial is an action which results in one or equal to 4.
several outcomes. Getting a number not greater than 4 is same as
Ex. Each toss of a coin is a trial, each throw of a dice getting a number less than or equal to 4 i.e P(not
is a trial. E) = P(F)
∴ P(E) + P(F) = 1
1. Let n be the total number of trials. The empirical P(E) + P(not E) = 1
Probability (P(E) of an event E is given by → ⇒ P(E) + P(E̅)
No. of trials in which the event happened ∴ for an event E,
P(E) =
The total no. of trials
p(E̅) = 1 – P(E)
Note:-
P(E) = 1 – P(E̅)
• The probability of each event lies between 0
(E) and (E̅) are complementary events.
and 1.
➢ O ≤ P(E) ≤ 1 Probability of an event lies
• Sum of all the probabilities of an event is 1. between 0 and 1.
2. Trial All Possible outcomes
4. In a deck of cards → 52 Cards
Toss of a coin 2(Head & Tail)
Dice is thrown → 6(1,2,3,4,5,6)
➢ Suppose a coin is tossed at random. We can
reasonably assume that each outcome head or
tail is as likely to occur as the other.
∴ The outcomes head / tail are equally likely.
Black Colour → Clubs and spades
1
∴ The probability of getting a head or tail is = 2 Red Colour → Hearts and Diamonds
No. of outcomes favourable to an event (E)
Cards in each suits (13) → 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
P(E) = 10 Jack, queen, king, ace.
No. of all possible outcomes of the experiment
Face Cards → King, Queen, Jack
Ex. If a coin is tossed. 2 events will happen either
Total face card = 3 × 4 = 12
head or tail.
5. Probability of an event E + probability of the
All possible outcomes = 2 (Head or tail) event not E = 1.
1
➢ The probability of an event that can not happen
∴ Probability of an event getting a head = 2 is 0. Such an event is called impossible event.
1 ➢ The probability of an event that is certain to
Probability of an event getting a tail = 2 happen is 1. Such an event is called sure event.
➢ Some Basic Definitions
➢ Complementary Events
(i) Trial Performing an experiment is called a
➢ Suppose we throw a dice
trial. The number of times an experiment is
Let E → event of getting a number greater than repeated is called the number of trials.
4. (ii) Sample Space The set of all possible
outcomes of a random experiment is called the

154
sample space of the experiment and it is one of the elementary events associated to it is
denoted by S. an outcome.
(iii) Sample Point The outcome of an experiment (viii) Certain Event An event which must occur,
is called the sample point, i.e. the elements of whatever be the outcomes, is called a certain
set S are called the sample points. event (or sure event).
(iv) Event A subset of the sample space associated (ix) Impossible Event An event which cannot
with a random experiment is called event or occur in a random experiment, is called an
case. impossible event.
(v) Elementary (or Simple) Event An event (x) Favourable Outcomes Let S be the sample
containing only one sample point is called space associated with a random experiment
elementary event (or indecomposable event). and E ⊂ S.
(vi) Compound Event An event containing more Then, the elementary events belonging to E
than one sample points is called compound are known as the favourable outcomes to E.
event (or decomposable event). (xi) Equally likely Outcomes The outcomes of a
(vii) Occurrence of an Event An event associated random experiment are said to be equally
to a random experiment is said to occur, if any likely, when each outcome is as likely to occur
as the other.

155
(Statistics)
➢ Mean n
−f
➢ Mean is the average of all the numbers in the L m + [2 ] i
given data. Or fm
The arithmetic mean is found by adding the Where
number & and dividing the sum of the total n → Total frequency
number of observations in the list.
Sum of observations
f → Cumulative frequency of class before the
Mean of observations = median class.
Total no. of observations
𝑓𝑚 → Frequency of the class median.
Ex. Data : 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15
i → Class width.
Sum = 80 𝐿𝑚 → Lower boundary of the class median.
➢ Mode
Total observations = 10
➢ Mode is the most common number of the data.
80 OR Mode is the most frequently occurring value
∴ Mean = =𝟖
10 in the list.
➢ Mediam Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15
➢ Median is the middle no., when data is arranged
in ascending order. Or 9 is occurring 3 times
Median is the middle value in a list ordered from ∴ Mode – 9
smallest to largest. ➢ Mode for grouped data
➢ If number of observations is even Mode of observations = L + h.
n n fm − f1
(2) th term + [(2) + 1] th term
Median = (fm − f1 ) + (fm − f2 )
2 Where L = Lower limit of the modal class.
➢ If number of observations is odd. h = Size of the class interval.
n+1
Median = ( ) th term. h = 𝑓𝑚 = Frequency of the modal 𝑓𝑚 =
2 𝑓1 = frequency of the class preceding the modal
Ex.1 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15 class.
𝑓2 = frequency of the class succeeding the modal
8 + 9 17
Median = = = 𝟖. 𝟓 class.
2 2 ➢ Range
Ex.2 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15, 16 ➢ Range is the difference between the largest
n+1 11+1 number and smallest number of data.
Median = th term ⇒ 6 th term ⇒ 𝟗
2 2
Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15
➢ Median formula for grouped data
Range ⇒ 15 – 3 = 12
➢ Mean Deviation

156
➢ The average deviation from the mean value of Ex. 3, 4, 5, 5, 8, 9, 9, 9, 13, 15
the given data set.
Ex.
➢ Frequency Distribution
➢ It is a representation either in a graphical or
30 tabular format that displays the number of
∴ Mean deviation = =𝟑
10 observations within a given interval.
➢ Variance Ex. The height of 50 students measured as :
➢ Variance is the expected value of the squared
variation of a random variable from its mean 161, 150, 154, 165, 168, 161, 154, 162, 150,
value. OR Variance is the measure of how data 151, 162, 164, 171, 165, 158, 154, 156, 172,
points differ from the mean. 160, 170, 153, 159, 161, 170, 162, 165, 166,
168, 165, 164, 154, 152, 153, 156, 158, 162,
Ex. 160, 161, 173, 166, 161, 159, 162, 167, 168,
159, 158, 153, 154, 159.
Frequency distribution from this data
Class Interval Frequency
150-155 12
136 155-160 9
variance = = 𝟏𝟑. 𝟔 160-165 14
10
165-170 10
➢ Standard Deviation 170-175 5
➢ The Standard Deviation is a measure of how Total 50
spread out numbers are. ➢ Frequency Polygon
➢ Standard deviation = √ variance = √13.6 A line graph of class frequency plotted against
➢ Frequency class midpoint. It can be obtained by joining the
➢ The frequency (f) of a particular value is the midpoints of the tops of the rectangles in the
number of times the value occurs in the data. histogram.

157
(Clock)
Clocks consists of two arms, longer arm which (viii) Two hands are in opposite direction when they
shows minute is called minute hand and shorter are 30 min space apart, this happens one time
arm which shows hour is called hour hand. in an hour and 11 times in 12 h.
(ix) If both hands start together from the same
Dial 5
position, both will coincide after 65 11 min.
Dial of a clock is a circle, whose circumference (x) Slow Clock A clock in which both hands
is divided into 12 equal parts called 'hour space'. 5
coincide at an interval more than 65 11 min, is
Each hour space is further divided into 5 parts,
called 'minute space'. called slow clock.
(xi) Fast Clock A clock in which both hands
➢ Some Important Results 5
coincide at an interval less than 65 11 min, is
(i) The minute hand is 12 times faster than hour
hand. called fast clock.
(ii) In an hour, the minute hand covers 60 min (xii) Angle between the hour hand and minute hand
11
spaces, while hour hand covers 5 min spaces. is given by = | 2 𝑀 − 30𝐻|
So, in an hour, the minute hand gains 55 min (xiii) If hour hand and minute hand coincide at xx :
space. yy, then
(iii) Minutes space gained by minute hand in 1 min 60
55 𝑦𝑦 = × 𝑥𝑥
= 60. 11
(iv) In 1 h, minute hand covers 360°, so in one (xiv) Between x and (x + 1) O'clock, the two hands
60
minute it covers 6°. will coincide at = 5 × 𝑥 × (55)min past x.
360°
(v) In 1 h, hour hand covers = 30°, so in one (xv) For a slow clock, total time lost in n hours ⇒
12 5
minute, hour hand covers (1/2)°. So, in 1 min, 𝑥−65
11
n × 60 = ( ) min. where, x is the time
1 𝑥
the minute hand gains (5 2).
in which the hands of slow clock coincide.
(vi) In 1 h, both the hands coincide once, but in 12
(xvi) For a fast clock, total time gained in n hours =
h, they coincide 11 times. 5
65 −𝑥
(vii) Two hands are at right angle, when they are 15 n × 60 ( 11
) min. where, x is the time in
𝑥
min space apart, this happens two times in an
hour, but 22 times in 12 h. which the hands of the fast clock coincide.

158
(Calendar)
➢ Calendar is a measure of time having day as the smallest unit.

➢ Ordinary Year A year having 365 days, is called ordinary year.
➢ Leap Year A year having 366 days, is called leap year.
➢ Odd Days Number of days more than the complete numbers of weeks in a given period is called odd days.
➢ Important Points Related to Calendar
(i) Every year, except a centurial year is a leap year, if it is divisible by 4.
(ii) Every 4th century is a leap year. A centurial year is a leap year, if it is divisible by 400.
(iii) An ordinary year has only one odd day.
(iv) A leap year has only two odd days.
(v) 100 yr i.e. 1 century contains
76 + 24 × 2 = 76 + 48 odd days
= 124 odd days
= 17 weeks + 5 odd days
So, 100 year have 5 odd days.
(vi) 200 year contain 5 × 2 odd days = 1 week + 3 odd days
So, 200 year contain 3 odd days.
Similarly, 300 year contain 1 odd day
400 year contain 5 × 4 + 1 odd day = 21 odd days = 3 week
i.e. 400 year contain no odd days
(vii) Last day of a century can not be either Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
(viii) The first day of a century must be either Monday, Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
➢ Some Important Rules of Calender
Rule 1
Normal year Leap year Century year
The year which is not fully The year which if fully divisible The year which is fully divisible
divisible by 4 by 4 by 100
365 days in a normal year 366 days in a leap year When century year is divisible
by 400 it is called leap year
otherwise it is normal year
Days in Feb = 28 1900 → Normal year
2000 → Leap year
Rule 2
➢ Codes for normal year/Leap year and century
Month Jan. Feb. Mar April May June July Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov Dec.
Name
Simple 1 4 4 0 2 5 0 3 6 1 4 6
year
Leap 0 3 4 0 2 5 0 3 6 1 4 6
year

159
Century 1200+ 1300+ 1400+ 1500+ 1600+ 1700+ 1800+ 1900+ 2000+ 2100+ 2200+ 2300+
Code 6 4 2 0 6 4 2 0 6 4 2 0
Rule 3
How to find the number of leap years between two given years.
➢ Generally gap between two leap years is 4 years.
➢ Sometimes when century year comes between the gap between two leap years may be 8 years.
Example → After 1696 next year would be 1704 because 1700 is not a leap year.
➢ Find number of leap year
Step-1
Divide the given years of 4 and note down the quotient.
Step-2
Subtract from the quotient the number of century year which are not leap year to get the number of leap
years.
Example 1.
15
Find number of leap years in first 15 years ⇒ , Quotient = 3
4
∴ Number of leap years = 3

Example 2.
300
Find number of leap years in first 300 years ⇒ , Quotient = 75
4
Normal century years = 100, 200, 300

∴ Number of leap years = 75 – 3 = 72
Rule 4 →
➢ The remainder obtained by dividing the number of days by 7, will be called odd days.
Day Codes for the odd days
Sunday → 1
Monday → 2
Tuesday → 3
Wednesday → 4
Thursday → 5
Friday → 6
Saturday → 0
Rule 5 →

160
Example →
What was day on 26 November 2016 ?
Step-1 →
26
Divide the date by 7 and take remainder ,R=5
7
Step-2 →
16
Divide the last 2 digit of the year by 7 and take remainder ,R=2
7
Step-3 →
16
Divide the last 2 digit of the year by 7 and take remainder ,R=2
7
Step-4 →
16
Divide the last 2 digit of the year by 4 and take quotient , Quotient = 4
4
Step-5 →
Take century code ⇒ 2000 + → 6
Step-6 →
Take sum of all values from step-1 to step 5 and divide by 7.
5 + 4 + 2 + 4 + 6 21
= , Remainder = 0
7 7
Remainder obtained will be day code
∴ Code 0 is for Saturday
∴ 26 November, 2016 → Saturday

161

Quant Formula Book by Ravi Kumar-5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quant Formula Book by Ravi Kumar-5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quant Formula Book by Ravi Kumar-5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INDEX

Title Name Page No.

➢ Fraction percentage chart

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

(−1% × 7 + 2% × 13 + 1% × 5) 4. Net % change of x%, y% and z% is

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

➢ Cost price (CP) = Total investment for a Loss 𝐶𝑃 − 𝑆𝑃

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS)

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 12

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 13

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 14

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 15

➢ Important Points ➢ Interest on R. 100 in one year is called Rate of

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 16

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 17

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 18

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 19

➢ Concept of Ratio 5. If the ratio of alligation of milk and water in a

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 20

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 21

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 22

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 23

2. Alligation in population related questions

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 24

5. Profit/loss% (A) Profit/Loss% (B)

cost price (A) : cost price (B)

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 25

➢ Partnership which he is paid take part in business

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 26

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 27

7. The average of 1st 'n' multiples of certain 𝟑𝟔

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 28

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 29

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 30

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 31

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 32

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 33

➢ Distance = D, Speed = S, Time = T remaining distance in 𝑡2 time. Then ratio of their

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 34

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 35

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 36

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 37

𝑥 L−d Dis tan ce cov ered by B

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 38

➢ Conditions to be a perfect square number

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 39

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 40

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 41

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 42

(√𝑥 + √𝑦)2 − (√𝑥 − √𝑦)2 = 4√𝑥𝑦 2

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 43

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 44

➢ Square Formulae 16. (𝑎 + 𝑏)3 + (𝑎 − 𝑏)3 = 2𝑎3 + 6𝑎𝑏 2 =

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 45

MATHS FORMULA BOOK CAT/ XAT/SNAP/NMAT(OMETS) 46